453
Designing NetApp Solutions

CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

Designing NetApp Solutions

Page 2: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

NETAPP UNIVERSITY

Designing NetApp Solutions Student Guide Course ID: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01 Catalog Number: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01-SG Content Version: 1.0

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 3: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ATTENTION

The information contained in this course is intended only for training. This course contains information and activities that, while beneficial for the purposes of training in a closed, non-production environment, can result in downtime or other severe consequences in a production environment. This course material is not a technical reference and should not, under any circumstances, be used in production environments. To obtain reference materials, refer to the NetApp product documentation that is located at http://now.netapp.com/.

COPYRIGHT

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A. Specifications subject to change without notice.

No part of this document covered by copyright may be reproduced in any form or by any means—graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or storage in an electronic retrieval system—without prior written permission of NetApp, Inc.

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

Commercial Computer Software. Government users are subject to the NetApp, Inc. standard license agreement and applicable provisions of the FAR and its supplements.

TRADEMARK INFORMATION

NetApp, the NetApp logo, Go Further, Faster, ASUP, AutoSupport, Campaign Express, Customer Fitness, CyberSnap, Data ONTAP, DataFort, FilerView, Fitness, Flash Accel, Flash Cache, Flash Pool, FlashRay, FlexCache, FlexClone, FlexPod, FlexScale, FlexShare, FlexVol, GetSuccessful, LockVault, Manage ONTAP, Mars, MetroCluster, MultiStore, OnCommand, ONTAP, ONTAPI, RAID DP, SANtricity, SecureShare, Simplicity, Simulate ONTAP, Snap Creator, SnapCopy, SnapDrive, SnapIntegrator, SnapLock, SnapManager, SnapMirror, SnapMover, SnapProtect, SnapRestore, Snapshot, SnapValidator, SnapVault, StorageGRID, Tech OnTap, and WAFL are trademarks or registered trademarks of NetApp, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.

Other product and service names might be trademarks of NetApp or other companies. A current list of NetApp trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.netapp.com/us/legal/netapptmlist.aspx.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 4: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WELCOME .......................................................................................................................................................... 1

MODULE 1: NETAPP SOLUTIONS FOR SYSTEM ENGINEERS ................................................................. 1-1

MODULE 2: NETAPP DATA ONTAP FOUNDATION TECHNOLOGY ......................................................... 2-1

MODULE 3: DATA ONTAP VALUE-ADDED TECHNOLOGIES ................................................................... 3-1

MODULE 4: DATA ONTAP IN THE DATA CENTER ..................................................................................... 4-1

MODULE 5: DATA ONTAP SERVER AND APPLICATION INTEGRATION ............................................... 5-1

MODULE 6: NETAPP MANAGEABILITY TOOLS ........................................................................................ 6-1

MODULE 7: STORAGEGRID ....................................................................................................................... 7-1

MODULE 8: E-SERIES AND EF-SERIES STORAGE SYSTEMS ................................................................. 8-1

MODULE 9: NETAPP ALL-FLASH ARRAY PORTFOLIO ............................................................................ 9-1

MODULE 10: BASIC DESIGN TOOLS ........................................................................................................ 10-1

MODULE 11: DETAILED DESIGN TOOLS ................................................................................................. 11-1

MODULE 12: DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS ................................................................................. 12-1

MODULE 13: NEXT STEPS: TOOLS AND RESOURCES FOR NETAPP ACCREDITED TECHNICAL

SALES PROFESSIONALS ........................................................................................................................... 13-1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 5: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DESIGNING NETAPP SOLUTIONS

Course ID: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01

Content Version: 1.0

Course ID: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01

Designing NetApp Solutions

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 6: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CLASSROOM LOGISTICS

Classroom Logistics

Schedule Start time Stop time Break times

Facilities Food and drinks Restrooms Phones

Safety Alarm signal Evacuation procedure Electrical safety

guidelines

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 7: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

Course Objectives

By the end of this course, you should be able to: Describe the core NetApp technologies,

products, and solutions needed to design a customer solution

Use the major NetApp field tools to design a customer solution

Create an integrated business solution Locate NetApp field resources

NetApp Confidential 3

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 8: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COURSE AGENDA: DAY 1

Course Agenda: Day 1

Morning– Module 1: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers– Module 2: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation

Technology– Module 3: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

Afternoon– Module 4: Data ONTAP in the Data Center– Module 5: Data ONTAP Server and Application

Integration– Module 6: NetApp Manageability Tools

NetApp Confidential 4

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 9: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COURSE AGENDA: DAY 2

Course Agenda: Day 2

Morning– Module 7: StorageGRID– Module 8: E-Series and EF-Series Storage

Systems Afternoon

– Module 9: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

NetApp Confidential 5

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 10: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COURSE AGENDA: DAY 3

Course Agenda: Day 3

Morning– Module 10: Basic Design Tools– Module 11: Detailed Design Tools

Afternoon– Module 12: Data Collection and Analysis– Module 13: Next Steps: Tools and Resources

for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

NetApp Confidential 6

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 11: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Welcome

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP UNIVERSITY INFORMATION SOURCES

NetApp University Information Sources

NetApp Support http://support.netapp.com

NetApp University http://www.netapp.com/us/services/university/

NetApp University Supporthttp://netappusupport.custhelp.com

NetApp Confidential 7

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 12: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 1: NETAPP SOLUTIONS FOR SYSTEM ENGINEERS

NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

Module 1

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 13: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

After this module, you should be able to describe the current business trends that influence your customers’

buying decisions and the solutions that the NetApp shared storage and dedicated storage infrastructures

provide.

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Describe the current business trends that

influence your customers’ buying decisions Describe the solutions that the NetApp shared

storage and dedicated storage infrastructures provide

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 14: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: OVERVIEW OF THE NETAPP PORTFOLIO

In this lesson, you review the top trends that shape your customers’ business decisions. This lesson introduces

the NetApp portfolio of solutions for the shared storage infrastructure and for dedicated storage solutions.

Overview of the NetApp Portfolio

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 3

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 15: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TRENDS THAT SHAPE YOUR CUSTOMER’S BUSINESS

NetApp has identified four major industry trends that impact your customers and the decisions they make

regarding their IT infrastructures.

Cloud services, rather than in-house company resources will deliver more IT.

The amount of data your customers manage is growing rapidly, and they are asking how to manage big

data. They want to apply integrated analytics to these vast stores of data. As new approaches are created,

traditional analytics-oriented approaches break down. The new approaches generate application-level

decisions with big implications for storage infrastructures.

Mobile, hand-held devices such as iPhones, iPads, and Android devices are proliferating, and employees

are bringing them to work. When it comes to mobility, expectations of corporate IT are rising. Your

customers’ users want access to all of their information and applications through any device at any time.

The “bring your own device” trend is changing the way people think about storage architectures.

Flash technology presents one of the biggest opportunities for IT and for you. Flash changes the way

performance can be delivered from storage systems to applications.

Trends that Shape Your Customer’s

Business

4NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 16: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INDUSTRY-LEADING STORAGE INNOVATION

To address the various workloads in the new hybrid cloud environment, NetApp has a clear product strategy

that will create market-leading storage innovation for shared infrastructure. NetApp will design a set of

storage innovations for dedicated workloads and will increase our ability to leverage every aspect of cloud

computing, And NetApp has the best flash agenda in the world.

To accomplish all this, we have a rich portfolio of solutions to address shared infrastructure and dedicated

workloads in NAS and SAN environments.

We’re revolutionizing shared virtual infrastructure with clustered Data ONTAP, offering a unified

platform for SAN and NAS.

Our flash portfolio offers a suite of all-flash and hybrid (flash accelerated) arrays for ultraperformance

when it is needed.

For dedicated SAN workloads, where the data management is built into the application, our E-Series

solution offers a excellent price/performance ratio and high-capacity characteristics.

And we continue to advance our presence in the emerging market of object storage with our StorageGrid

solution running on E-Series.

Industry-Leading Storage Innovation

5

Flash Arraysfor ultrahigh performance

E-Seriesfor performance at scale

StorageGRIDfor web-scale object storage

Clustered Data ONTAPfor shared infrastructure

CorporateData Centers

CloudData Centers

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 17: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CLUSTERED DATA ONTAP

Clustered Data ONTAP addresses the challenges of your customers’ growing and dynamic businesses by

extending the innovation of NetApp Data ONTAP, the world’s number-one branded storage operating

system. Our unified cluster architecture scales and adapts to your customer’s changing needs, reducing risk

and cost. Clustered Data ONTAP is designed to eliminate downtime, so that the infrastructure can be serviced

without disrupting access to user data and applications—even during regular business hours.

Proven operational efficiency helps your customers simplify their overall storage environment and manage

storage infrastructure at scale by automating important processes and increasing productivity. Customers can

add capacity across SAN and NAS environments as they grow—without reconfiguring running applications.

With NetApp, your customers can start small and grow big without the disruptive hardware upgrades that

other storage vendors require.

Clustered Data ONTAP manages up to 24 storage controllers—or nodes—as a single logical pool, so your

customer’s operations scale more easily. NetApp supports the broadest set of storage protocols and is the only

provider to deliver SAN and NAS data access from a single, unified scale-out platform.

Clustered Data ONTAP

6NetApp Confidential

One Unified Architecture Zero planned downtime In-place controller upgrade Richest set of storage efficiency

technologies Fastest backup and recovery SAN and NAS data access from a

single unified, scale-out platform Unified storage offering secure

multi-tenancy Single management framework

ERP

Clustered Data ONTAP

VDIMessaging

Hypervisor

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 18: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES SYSTEM OVERVIEW

E-Series systems provide versatile, reliable storage that can appeal to a wide range of customers―from entry-

class up to big data, high-performance computing environments. The key for these different segments is that

E-Series systems deliver a superior price/performance ratio for SAN, where applications set the requirements

for data management. In businesses of all sizes, customers appreciate the E-Series systems’ easy installation,

low maintenance, and affordability.

E-Series System Overview

7

A superior price/performance ratio for SAN, with application-driven data management, E-Series systems offer: Easy installation and low maintenance

Affordability

Modular design

Tunable, sustained performance

Flash integration

Automated management

E2600 E2700 E5400 E5500

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 19: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGEGRID FOR BIG, UNSTRUCTURED DATA

The NetApp distributed content repository solution—consisting of NetApp StorageGRID software and

NetApp E-Series storage systems—addresses the needs of organizations that require large, distributed,

multisite content repositories.

StorageGRID simplifies the management of massive fixed-content storage systems and enables storage to be

tiered based on access requirements. Archives can scale to petabytes of data across geographically dispersed

sites while ensuring data integrity and availability.

One NetApp customer, a large nonprofit U.S. healthcare organization with more than 35,000 employees and

hospitals and other facilities in seven states, needed to address the rising costs and complexity associated with

its 1.5 petabyte storage infrastructure. Because it performs more than 800,000 radiology and cardiology

procedures annually, the organization faced 30 percent year-over-year data growth in its PACS storage

environment alone.

To date, our customer has deployed 10 petabytes over 154 sites for image archives. The customer realized a

storage cost savings of 30 percent to 40 percent by moving data between tiers of storage based on access

needs instead of relying on a nontiered, monolithic storage system. By leveraging the grid architecture, which

has minimal downtime, and increased uptime, they can now complete online migrations without planned

downtime.

StorageGRID for Big, Unstructured Data

8

Stores billions of data sets, dozens of petabytes

Can create, manage, and consume content globally

Offers intelligent data classification and access

Leverages E-Series strengths: cost-effectiveness, high density, and high availability

Archives data for healthcare, enterprise, media, and Storage-as-a-Service

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 20: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE NETAPP FLASH PORTFOLIO

NetApp has the most comprehensive portfolio of flash solutions, which are designed to maximize the value of

flash for your customers. All-flash arrays are ideal for customers with workloads that are small in physical

capacity but have extremely high performance needs. The Flash Cache, Flash Pool, and Flash Accel features

integrate with the FAS series and enable your customers to put flash where they need it: in controllers, arrays,

or servers. E-Series solid-state drive flash (also called SSD flash) accelerates performance for file services,

databases, messaging, and web applications.

The NetApp Flash Portfolio

9

All-Flash

Arrays

Virtual

Storage

Tier

for FAS

SSD

Cache

for

E-Series

Hybrid

Arrays

FlashRay EF-Series

Server

SSDCache

Capacity-OptimizedDrives

Flash Cache

Flash PoolB

road

est F

lash

Por

tfolio

Server

Storage

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 21: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SOLUTIONS FOR STORAGE AND DATA MANAGEMENT

As the role of IT expands in perspective, becoming a broker of services, IT enables businesses to take

advantage of new opportunities and respond to unpredictable changes.

NetApp has superior solutions for shared and dedicated environments, for data centers and the cloud, and the

most comprehensive portfolio of flash to meet all your customers’ needs. NetApp offers the only storage

solution to deliver SAN and NAS data access from a single, unified, platform. The NetApp unified storage

platform combines nondisruptive operations, proven efficiency, and seamless scaling. Our versatile block

storage solutions deliver an excellent price/performance ratio and superior performance SLAs. And don’t

forget our comprehensive portfolio of flash solutions.

NetApp Solutions for Storage and

Data Management

The only storage solution to deliver SAN and NAS data access

The only cluster unified storage architecture Versatile block storage solutions The most comprehensive portfolio of flash solutions

10NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 22: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: UNBOUND CLOUD: THE NETAPP CLOUD STRATEGY

NetApp is committed to providing the best cloud solutions to your customers so that they can confidently

manage and maintain control of their data across any cloud. In this lesson, you learn about challenges that

your customers face as they move to the cloud and about cloud solutions that will help your customers

seamlessly manage their IT infrastructures and services.

Unbound Cloud: The NetApp Cloud Strategy

Lesson 2

NetApp Confidential 11

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 23: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CUSTOMER CHALLENGES: CLOUD STRATEGY

Your customers who want to move to the cloud face many challenges. They find it difficult to maintain

control of data as it moves beyond the data center to a public or hybrid cloud. It isn’t easy to meet IT

requirements that can satisfy the needs of diverse users, including developers. IT is being asked to manage

data for different workloads across multiple clouds, but some customers find it too difficult to provide internal

IT services that match public cloud flexibility, capacity, and cost efficiencies. Inconsistent data formats and

costly data transport also make it difficult to move data in and out of the cloud.

Customer Challenges: Cloud Strategy

Maintaining control of data

Satisfying the requirements of diverse users

Managing data for different workloads

Matching public cloud flexibility, capacity, and cost efficiencies

Moving data in and out of the cloud

12NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 24: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE NETAPP CLOUD MESSAGE

These three pillars support NetApp cloud messaging: a universal cloud data platform, dynamic data

portability, and extensive customer choices.

The universal cloud data platform provides a common fabric for storage and data management across all

cloud resources. The foundation for this platform is clustered DATA ONTAP.

Dynamic data portability across clouds means that your customer can move data and workloads with ease

across all instances of Data ONTAP in a multicloud environment.

Your customer has a broad range of choices for technologies, applications, and public cloud service

providers. NetApp will continue to provide an extensive array of choices for hybrid cloud operations and

support all major cloud operating systems, virtualization frameworks, and application deployment

models.

The NetApp Cloud Message

13

Dynamic Data Portability Extensive Customer ChoiceUniversal Cloud Data Platform

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 25: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP CLOUD MODELS

The NetApp cloud strategy enables your customers to confidently manage and maintain control of their data

across any clouds. With this ability, they can accelerate innovation and IT responsiveness. Four major types

of cloud models support this strategy: public cloud service providers, hyperscale cloud providers, private

clouds, and hybrid clouds. With NetApp, your customers can seamlessly connect among these different cloud

models.

NetApp Cloud Models

14

Seamless connectivity among clouds

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 26: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

PRIVATE CLOUDS

Private clouds provide a dedicated infrastructure that hosts, manages, and stores data. These resources are

shared across departments in a company, but they aren’t shared with other companies. A private cloud is a

viable next step for organizations that have already begun virtualizing and consolidating their storage

infrastructures and other IT resources.

Customers that provide viable private cloud opportunities want to lower costs and increase IT efficiencies.

They want to reduce planned and unplanned downtime and increase the reliability and security of their data

infrastructures. Because private cloud solutions are hosted behind an organization’s firewall, customers often

consider them for strategic workloads. NetApp has partnerships with all the major cloud management

platforms and offers solutions that can be implemented with most existing infrastructures.

Customer Considerations IT efficiencies and lower costs Reduced downtime More reliable security Opportunities for more strategic

workloads Partnership with major cloud

management platforms

Features Dedicated hosting and

management Next step for internal

virtualization and consolidation Built on clustered Data ONTAP Enhances the value of

virtualization

15

Private Clouds

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 27: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

PUBLIC CLOUDS

Public clouds host your customers’ data in a shared facility that is managed by a service provider. These

service providers are readily available in the market, and they frequently offer self-service, pay-as-you-go

models. Because the infrastructure is off-site and is not owned directly by your customer, public clouds can

offer an easy transition to the cloud and can quickly scale to meet the customer’s changing requirements. This

solution is often suggested for applications that aren’t mission critical. NetApp doesn’t provide cloud services

and isn’t in competition with service providers.

Customer Considerations Easiest transition to the cloud Quick scaling to meet changing

requirements Appropriate for less mission-

critical applications Does not compete with NetApp

Features Shared facilities provided by a

service provider Ready and available in the

market Self-service, pay-as-you-go

model

16

Public Clouds

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 28: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HYBRID CLOUD

The hybrid cloud model offers your customers great flexibility and is ideal for organizations that are planning

for future growth. Hybrid cloud solutions require integration and management across private (on-premises)

and public (off-site) infrastructures.

Hybrid Cloud

Offers flexibility for future growth Requires integration and management across

infrastructures

17NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 29: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HYPERSCALE CLOUD PROVIDERS

The NetApp Private Storage for AWS hybrid cloud model provides much of the efficiency and agility of

cloud computing along with the increased control and customization that can be achieved through dedicated

private resources. NetApp and its partners provide organizations with the control and the flexibility required

to reap the full benefits of hybrid cloud infrastructures.

Hyperscale Cloud Providers

NetApp is the first and only storage company to partner with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to provide: Benefits of the cloud on a proven enterprise

storage platform Agility to adjust the cloud resource mix as

business dictates

18NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 30: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CUSTOMER BENEFITS

With NetApp cloud solutions, your customers will save money by paying for only the services and software

they use. Your customers will eliminate some of the complexities that come from licensing and billing for the

software and services associated with their IT infrastructures. They won’t need to worry about replacing

obsolete hardware or software. In some cases, there are no installation or maintenance contracts to manage, no

hardware or software upgrades to implement, and no software licensing issues. With the flexibility and

scalability that this model can provide, end users can increase storage capacity on demand, deploy and

implement new services or software as needed, and increase data accessibility. Your customers will notice an

increase in productivity, not only for their IT departments, but for their entire organizations.

Customer Benefits

19

Flexibility and scalability

Ease of management

Reduced licensing and billing complexities

Cost savings

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 31: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KEY CLOUD STRATEGY TAKEAWAYS

Your customers will continue to be challenged with storing and managing their data as they move to the

cloud. NetApp can help your customers with this challenge by providing solutions that offer seamless data

management and control in the cloud. NetApp is an established leader in the cloud, with a broad partner

ecosystem and innovative technologies, including clustered Data ONTAP.

Data management continues to be a significant challenge for customers moving to the cloud.

NetApp is the established leader in cloud solutions.

NetApp is the only major storage provider to partner with hyperscale cloud providers.

Key Cloud Strategy Takeaways

20NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 32: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: NETAPP CLOUD SOLUTIONS

NetApp can offer your customers a complete array of cloud solutions. These solutions include the FlexPod

data center platform from Cisco and NetApp. The FlexPod solution is a portfolio of prevalidated designs

composed of leading compute, networking, storage, and application components. The flexible platform

reduces the time required to deploy applications, reduces the total cost of IT, and reduces risk and complexity

in virtualized and nonvirtualized environments. The FlexPod family has been expanded with new categories

of validated designs. FlexPod Express is designed for midsize businesses, FlexPod DataCenter is for

enterprises and service providers, and FlexPod Select supports dedicated and high-performance environments,

including big data.

NetApp Cloud Solutions

Lesson 3

NetApp Confidential 21

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 33: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CLOUD-RELATED CUSTOMER CHALLENGES

As the scale and complexity of data-driven environments increases, the private cloud model can deliver on-

demand and secure access to pools of IT resources, empowering companies to increase flexibility and

efficiency while cutting capex and opex. The private cloud is a powerful and cost-effective framework that

your customers can deploy to meet a wide variety of enterprise and departmental needs.

Today’s data-driven world demands new IT solutions, but enterprise IT is already overburdened. Most

organizations don’t have the expertise or in-house resources to orchestrate the strategic planning and

execution that would transform a data center to a state-of-the-art private cloud environment that will meet

their current and future needs.

Cloud-Related Customer Challenges

The scale and complexity of data-driven environments

The need to match business requirements while keeping costs low

The lack of in-house expertise and resources to transform a data center to a state-of-the-art private cloud

22NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 34: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA CENTER AND CLOUD

The NetApp data center vision includes pooled, virtualized resources and applications that are deployed on a

logically defined infrastructure. A state-of-the-art data center can enable your customers to scale elastically as

business and application needs change and to deploy new applications to the shared infrastructure more

rapidly. An efficient cloud architecture provides software-based intelligence that allows for nondisruptive,

centrally controlled operations.

Data Center and Cloud

23

Storage Pool

Compute Pool

Applications

Fabric Pool

Management

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 35: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP IS THE STORAGE FOUNDATION FOR THE CLOUD

NetApp has a cloud solution to meet all your customers’ requirements. For example, if your customers are

looking for low service cost but high performance, you can offer a NetApp solution. Many of the proven

NetApp storage-efficiency products help customers manage cost, and intelligent caching products ensure

optimal performance.

NetApp Is the Storage Foundation

for the Cloud

Cloud storage needs Service elasticity Low service cost Performance Pooled capacity Recoverability Availability Security Service efficiency

NetApp cloud storage Seamless scaling Storage efficiency Intelligent caching Unified architecture and

shared virtualized storage Integrated data protection Nondisruptive operations Storage encryption, antivirus,

and SMT protection Service automation and

analytics

24

Shared storage optimized for virtualization to the cloud

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 36: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SOLUTIONS FOR MICROSOFT PRIVATE CLOUDS

NetApp Solutions for Microsoft Private Clouds

25NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 37: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SOLUTIONS FOR MICROSOFT PRIVATE CLOUD

NetApp solutions for Microsoft Private Cloud can help your customers achieve increased IT agility and

flexibility, improved efficiency for Microsoft workloads, and integrated data protection. The key components

of NetApp for Microsoft Private Cloud include NetApp storage systems, Microsoft Systems Center 2012, and

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Hyper-V.

NetApp storage systems that run the Data ONTAP operating system provide data management capabilities,

including policy-based storage management, provisioning, backup, recovery, and disaster recovery. Microsoft

Systems Center 2012 components include System Center Virtual Machine Manager, System Center

Operations Manager, System Center Service Manager, App Controller, and Orchestrator. Microsoft Windows

Server 2008 R2 Hyper-V enables physical servers to be consolidated into virtual machines that can run

various application workloads, including Microsoft Exchange Server, SharePoint Server, and SQL Server.

System Center Virtual Machine Manager

System Center Virtual Machine Manager, along with OnCommand Plug-In for Microsoft, can alert

administrators to storage issues that affect a specific virtual machine (VM) to take remedial action.

System Center Operations Manager

Monitoring storage utilization, performance, and system health with System Center Operations Manager and

NetApp OnCommand Plug-in for Microsoft increases overall predictability of cloud deployments.

System Center Orchestrator

The combination of System Center Orchestrator with sample workflows, integration packs, and PowerShell

scripts from NetApp improves productivity and reduces risk through workflow automation.

FlexClone for Rapid Cloning

NetApp FlexVol software enables your customers to add storage capacity and expand volumes—without

taking the NetApp storage system offline and with no disruption to the applications that are running.

NetApp Solutions for Microsoft Private

Cloud

26NetApp Confidential 26

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 38: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SnapMirror for Disaster Recovery

Hyper-V customers can deploy SnapMirror for VM data replication across unlimited distances. SnapMirror

software mirrors data to ensure that there is no data loss.

SnapManager for Backup and Recovery

NetApp SnapManager products for Exchange Server, SharePoint Server, SQL Server, and Hyper-V provide

backup and recovery and disaster-recovery capabilities so that customers can protect key workloads in a

Microsoft Private Cloud.

OnCommand Plug-In for Microsoft

OnCommand Plug-In for Microsoft enables users to manage servers and storage systems from within

Microsoft System Center. It integrates with System Center Operations Manager and System Center Virtual

Machine Manager and offers provisioning cmdlets for Windows PowerShell and Orchestrator integration

packs. It also delivers self-service provisioning so administrators can build simple disaster-recovery solutions

with PowerShell cmdlets provided by NetApp.

Data ONTAP Toolkit for Integration and Automation

Data ONTAP PowerShell toolkit provides deep integration with Windows and enables automation with

System Center Orchestrator for disaster recovery, provisioning, and cloning.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 39: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KEY NETAPP DIFFERENTIATORS

What, exactly, sets NetApp apart from the competition? It is not just a collection of point products. It is our

integrated combination of state-of-the-art hardware, software, and professional services that enables NetApp

to deliver an agile data infrastructure for Microsoft Private Cloud environments.

Our key strengths and differentiation begin with a unified architecture that provides a single, consistent

management approach. An important aspect of that approach is our automated, policy-based storage

management and provisioning. Unified architecture supports integrated backup and recovery for Microsoft

applications and Hyper-V. SnapManager and SnapMirror technology, along with MetroCluster high

availability and disaster-recovery software, provide multiple disaster-recovery options.

NetApp provides secure multi-tenancy solutions that enable infrastructure resources to be partitioned and

securely isolated for each tenant within a converged infrastructure. Resources can be dynamically moved or

reassigned to maintain tenant-specific SLAs.

NetApp solutions that are designed for deep integration with Microsoft management technologies, including

System Center, make it easy for customers to manage storage for Microsoft Private Cloud infrastructure.

Customers can manage virtual servers and desktops and a variety of enterprise applications, such as Exchange

Server, SQL Server, and SharePoint Server. The NetApp library of Windows PowerShell cmdlets helps to

automate the management of the Microsoft environment.

FlexPod with Microsoft Private Cloud is an integrated NetApp and Cisco best-in-class reference

implementation for Microsoft Private Cloud. The prevalidated configuration delivers a virtualized data center

in a rack. FlexPod solutions can be scaled easily, optimized for a variety of mixed-application workloads, and

configured for multi-tenancy in private cloud environments.

Key NetApp Differentiators

Unified architecture with a single management approach Policy-based storage management and provisioning Integrated data protection for backup, recovery, and

disaster recovery Predictable, secure multi-tenant platform Deep integration with Microsoft Windows Server

2012 and System Center 2012 SP1 management platform Industry-leading library of Windows PowerShell

cmdlets for automation Reference implementation: FlexPod with Microsoft Private

Cloud

27NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 40: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLEXPOD CONVERGED INFRASTRUCTURES

FlexPod Converged Infrastructures

28NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 41: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLEXPOD CONVERGED INFRASTRUCTURE

FlexPod software is the converged infrastructure solution from NetApp and Cisco.

FlexPod technology accelerates the transformation from infrastructure silos to a virtualized, shared

environment with prevalidated, standardized, scalable building blocks that leverage a next-generation data

center solution from Cisco, NetApp, and leading OS and hypervisor partners.

The prevalidated solution is integrated, so customers can count on an effective infrastructure with rapid,

repeatable deployment and centralized and simplified management.

FlexPod software includes Cisco Unified Computing System server systems, which provide programmable,

virtualized compute with an open API and support for orchestration tools. It has its own policy-based

management with service profiles and self-integrating components. And FlexPod software works with the

Cisco Nexus series switches for a unified fabric, virtualization awareness, simple scaling, and high

performance I/O.

The FlexPod data center solution features NetApp FAS storage, along with clustered Data ONTAP. FlexPod

technology stands apart from similar solutions thanks to truly unified storage that can be virtualized into pools

and nondisruptively managed. FlexPod solutions use OnCommand storage software that delivers the built-in

storage efficiencies of the Data ONTAP operating system, integrated data protection, and intelligent

management and automation.

FlexPod Converged Infrastructure

Prevalidated, flexible, unified platform

NetApp FAS with clustered Data ONTAP– Unified storage

– Intelligent data management

Cisco Unified Computing System– Programmable infrastructure

– Unified management

Cisco Nexus switches

29NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 42: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLEXPOD ARCHITECTURE SCALES

FlexPod reference architectures can be sized for small to very large enterprises. The architecture is consistent

from small to large, with the same capabilities, technology, and management tools. A company can scale a

small environment to a very large environment without making major technology upgrades or changing

management tools or methodologies. Reference designs come with sizing tools to make scaling easy and risk-

free.

Consistent architecture from entry to large configurations

Seamless scaling with minimal disruption

Common structure for support and management

FlexPod Architecture Scales

30

Hundreds of users

Thousands of users

FlexPod

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 43: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EXPANDING THE FLEXPOD SOLUTION FAMILY

New FlexPod categories were created to distinguish solutions for significantly different uses and customers:

FlexPod Express replaces ExpressPod and is for the midmarket and branch offices.

FlexPod DataCenter, for enterprises and service providers, is typically used as a shared application

platform.

FlexPod Select is for high-performance or large data capacity workloads, including big data analytics.

FlexPod software maintains a consistent advantage with this approach because all categories share the same

storage vendor, compute components, network architecture, and support within the single platform.

Expanding the FlexPod Solution Family

FlexPod

Express(Formerly

ExpressPod)

FlexPod

DataCenter(Traditional FlexPod

Reference Architectures)

FlexPod Select(E-Series and Big Data

FlexPod Reference Architectures)

Environment Midsize business andbranch office

Enterprise and service provider class

Technical and high-performance computing

Typical workloads

MicrosoftHyper-V, VMware

Shared platform

Leading businessapplications: Microsoft, Oracle, SAP

Big data analytics, Hadoop, dedicated workloads

Scale Hundreds of users

Thousands of users

Thousands of users

31NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 44: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 4: THE NETAPP FLASH PORTFOLIO

Your customers are looking for a scalable flash architecture that can span both performance and efficiency. At

NetApp, we have developed the most comprehensive flash storage portfolio to address all your customer

requirements. In this lesson, you learn about the NetApp flash portfolio.

The NetApp Flash Portfolio

Lesson 4

NetApp Confidential 32

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 45: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CUSTOMER CHALLENGES: FLASH

To maximize IT value, your customers are looking for ways to balance performance and efficiency. They

want storage performance to promote higher-performance, more responsive applications. They also need

efficient performance to manage their overall storage costs. Many of them are finding that to move business

processes that generate revenue faster, while still balancing performance and efficiency, spinning disk

technology is no longer enough.

Your customers want to stimulate greater speed and responsiveness from the applications that control their

key business operations.

Customer Challenges: Flash

Balance performance and efficiency

Stimulate higher performance

Increase speed and responsiveness from key applications

33NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 46: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE NETAPP FLASH PORTFOLIO

One size doesn’t fit all when it comes to your customers’ data center requirements. Your customers need a

scalable flash architecture that can span performance and efficiency requirements. NetApp has developed a

comprehensive flash storage portfolio that is designed to address your customers’ needs across any workload

Whether your customer needs a solution that is all flash, hybrid, traditional, or even tape, the NetApp

portfolio―the most comprehensive portfolio on the market―can meet your customer’s requirements.

The NetApp Flash Portfolio

34

All-Flash Arrays

Flash Only

Traditional Array

Hard Disks Only

Hybrid Storage

Flash + Hard Disks

Flash CacheFlash Pool

SSD Cache

FAS/V-Series

E-Series

EF-Series

FlashRay

A Complete Portfolio of Offerings for Any Workload

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 47: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLASH MARKET SEGMENTS

If capacity is the primary requirement, traditional arrays based on hard disks are the best solution.

If capacity is desired with performance, a hybrid solution with flash and hard disks provides performance (by

leveraging flash) and capacity (by leveraging hard disks). Flash also lowers hard-disk utilization by

offloading IOPS from hard disks, allowing the hard disks to do other work.

All-flash arrays provide the best performance: high IOPS with predictable latency. Even though they are

expensive in terms of dollars per gigabyte, your customers don’t deploy all-flash for capacity reasons, so

dollars per gigabyte isn’t the correct metric to measure all-flash arrays. Look at total cost of ownership,

including performance, power and cooling costs, rack space, and so on.

Flash Market Segments

35

All-Flash Arrays Fastest access Lowest $/IOPS Highest $/GB

Flash Only

Performance (Latency) Capacity

Server Cache Hybrid Array Low latencies for cache hits Leverages HDD for capacity Medium $/IOPS and $/GB

Flash + Hard Disks

Traditional Array Lowest $/GB Highest $/IOPS Slowest access

Hard Disks Only

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 48: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-37 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLASH CHANGES EVERYTHING

With NetApp flash solutions, your customers’ applications process more quickly and become more

responsive. Data operations are completed sooner with shorter run cycles. Your customers can bring products

and services to market faster and can respond to their customers more rapidly.

Flash Changes Everything

Applications run more quickly and are more responsive– Drives greater IOPS and MBps– Reduces the time applications

must wait Operations finish sooner

– Shorter run cycles – Faster time to market– Quicker response

to customers IT efficiency increases

– Lower $/IOPS– Less space and power

36NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 49: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-38 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KEY CHARACTERISTICS OF EACH STORAGE TIER

Just a few years ago, we had traditional storage systems and server memory. Customers had few choices for

improving application performance other than overprovisioning. We didn’t see much flash technology

because it was too expensive to provide value. But that’s changing. As the price of flash drops, we are seeing

new tiers of storage.

Today, flash is being used primarily as a caching tier; providing a way to keep the bulk of data on traditional

hard disks and bring frequently-accessed data (also called hot data) into flash so that it can be accessed very,

very quickly. Flash as a caching tier was first introduced within the application server as server flash, and then

within traditional storage, creating a hybrid array.

We are now starting to see a requirement for persistent flash storage for customers that want a critical dataset

to reside full time on flash. These are typically business-critical applications where responsiveness is directly

linked to productivity, revenue, time to market, or customer satisfaction. These applications need guaranteed

low-latency performance, and customer are willing to isolate them on an all-flash array.

Key Characteristics of Each Storage Tier

37

Fastest access

Lowest $/IOPS

Highest $/GB

Flash Only

Lowest $/GB

Highest $/IOPS

Slowest access

Hard Disks Only

Low latencies for cache hits

Leverages hard disks for capacity

Medium $/IOPS and $/GB

Flash + Hard Disks

Performance (Latency) Capacity

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 50: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-39 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 5: E-SERIES SOLUTIONS

In this lesson, you learn how E-Series systems provide high-performance computing environments with a

superior price/performance ratio for SAN.

E-Series Solutions

Lesson 5

NetApp Confidential 38

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 51: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-40 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES SYSTEMS

From entry-class up to big data, E-Series systems provide high-performance computing environments with a

superior price/performance ratio for SAN.

Modularity is a key design criterion, so E-Series systems offer three different controllers and three sizes of

disk shelves. Multiple drive types and I/O interfaces meet customer needs from iSCSI for the entry customer

to InfiniBand for high-end. With these tunable systems, customers can adjust cache block sizes, RAID levels,

RAID groups, and segment sizes. They can optimize streaming performance for sequential, high-bandwidth

workloads, or optimize for random-transaction performance.

SSD Cache is the E-Series version of Flash Cache in FAS. The Dynamic Disk Pools feature automatically

minimizes the impact of drive failures, and it immediately adapts up to eight times faster than traditional

RAID. NetApp has shipped over 650,000 systems. Our newest model, the EF550 system, is the current leader

in bandwidth performance.

E-Series Systems

39

A superior price/performance ratio for SAN Easy installation, low maintenance, and affordable Modular design: choice of shelves, drives, I/O Tunable performance: IOPS and bandwidth Flash integration: performance, and efficiency Sustained performance and automated management

E2600 E2700 E5400 E5500

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 52: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-41 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLEXIBLE MODULAR DESIGN

E-Series systems feature a flexible, modular design. Each shelf can support different types of controllers or be

used for expansion. The E-Series solution grows as your customer’s business grows. E-Series systems are

simple to set up and are highly configurable to help meet your customers’ varied requirements.

Flexible Modular Design

Each shelf supports multiple NL-SAS, SAS, and SSD types Each shelf supports controllers or can be used for expansion Intermix shelves to address wide-ranging requirements

40

4U/60 drives

Highest rack density Maximum shelf bandwidth

2U/24 drives

Great performance per watt

Great bandwidth per RU

2U/12 drives

Lowest entry price

Simple and highly configurable

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 53: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-42 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE ARCHITECTURE

For even more flexibility, E-Series systems support two storage architectures. One incorporates RAID and

traditional volume groups, and the other uses dynamic disk pools. The SANtricity feature set fully supports

both architectures.

Storage Architecture

E-Series storage systems support two storage architectures: traditional RAID with volume groups and Dynamic Disk Pools (DDP) technology.

Both architectures are fully integrated with the SANtricity feature set.

41

Controller Controller

Volume Groups Dynamic Disk Pool

Controller Controller

Volumes / LUNsVolumes / LUNs

Hard Disks

E-Series SANtricity

RAID Dynamic Disk Pools

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 54: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-43 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to describe the current business trends that

influence your customers’ buying decisions and the solutions that the NetApp shared storage and dedicated

storage infrastructures provide.

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Describe the current business trends that

influence your customers’ buying decisions

Describe the solutions that the NetApp shared storage and dedicated storage infrastructures provide

42NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 55: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-44 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 1: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 43

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 56: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-45 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. What are the current business trends that influence your customers’ buying decisions?

44NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 57: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

1-46 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Solutions for System Engineers

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. What are some of the solutions associated with that of the NetApp dedicated storage infrastructure?

45NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 58: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 2: NETAPP DATA ONTAP FOUNDATION TECHNOLOGY

This module introduces the Data ONTAP operating system and its core technologies. NetApp has a

significant portfolio of products that are built to solve a wide variety of business problems in a range of

environments. Many of these products are built on the Data ONTAP operating system. Developing an

understanding of the components of Data ONTAP is key to mastering this part of the NetApp product line. As

you begin to understand the Data ONTAP foundation technologies―the Write Anywhere File Layout file

system (abbreviated as WAFL), RAID-DP technology, aggregates, flexible volumes, Snapshot copies, and

SnapRestore data recovery software―you will find that many of the other features of the product line simply

make sense.

NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

Module 2

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 59: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

After this module, you should be able to identify the features and benefits of the Data ONTAP operating

system and describe the functionality of the WAFL file system and the NVRAM and RAID-DP features. You

should also be able to describe the features of Data ONTAP Snapshot technology and the technologies

associated with the Data ONTAP virtualization layer.

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Identify features and benefits of the Data

ONTAP operating system Describe the functionality of the Write

Anywhere File Layout (WAFL), NVRAM, and RAID-DP features

Describe the features of Data ONTAP Snapshot technology

Describe the technologies associated with the Data ONTAP virtualization layer

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 60: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: DATA ONTAP CORE CAPABILITIES: WAFL, NVRAM, AND RAID-DP

In this lesson, you learn about the Write Anywhere File Layout file system (abbreviated as WAFL), which is

the core storage virtualization engine of Data ONTAP. You learn how the WAFL file system integrates

NVRAM and RAID technologies to optimize storage for performance and flexibility. You also learn about

Snapshot technology, which is the foundation for many of the products in the NetApp integrated data

protection portfolio.

Data ONTAP Core Capabilities: WAFL, NVRAM, and RAID-DP

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 3

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 61: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TRADITIONAL STORAGE

Traditional storage infrastructures are typically composed of multiple incompatible, often complicated storage

architectures. Integration between disparate architectures proves to be expensive and complex, which results

in independent application silos. These silos often cause performance issues, and because silos are inflexible,

unused storage cannot be reallocated to an area that is overprovisioned. Traditional storage architectures are

unreliable, unable to scale, and unable to accommodate the ever-increasing demands of today’s business

environment.

Traditional Storage

4NetApp Confidential

Traditional storage cannot keep up with increasing business demands.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 62: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED CLUSTERED ARCHITECTURE

The Unified Clustered Architecture is a fully integrated solution that has been is designed around a common

software platform, Data ONTAP, common systems, FAS controllers, and can be managed by a single system,

OnCommand. This architecture is designed to scale in three dimensions: performance, capacity, and

operation. Supports all the major protocols such as FC, iSCSI, CIFS, and NFS, and takes advantage of the

NetApp Storage Efficiency technologies such as deduplication and compression, and the integrated data

protection solutions.

Unified Clustered Architecture

5NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 63: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CLUSTERED DATA ONTAP

NetApp solutions address the challenges of your customer’s growing and dynamic business by extending the

innovation of the NetApp Data ONTAP operating system, the world’s number-one branded storage operating

system. Clustered Data ONTAP is designed to eliminate downtime, so IT can service the system

infrastructure without disrupting access to user data and applications—even during regular business hours.

Proven operational efficiency helps your customers simplify the overall storage environment and manage

storage infrastructure at scale by automating important processes and increasing productivity. Your customers

can add capacity as they grow across both SAN and NAS environments—without reconfiguring running

applications. With NetApp, your customers can start small and grow big without the disruptive hardware

upgrades that other storage vendors require.

Clustered Data ONTAP provides up to 24 storage controllers—or nodes—managed as a single logical pool,

so operations scale more easily. NetApp supports the broadest set of storage protocols and is the only provider

to deliver both SAN and NAS data access from a single, unified platform.

Clustered Data ONTAP

NetApp Confidential 6

ERP

Clustered Data ONTAP®

VDIMessaging

Hypervisor

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 64: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CORE DATA ONTAP CAPABILITIES

These core capabilities are part of the Data ONTAP operating system:

The WAFL file system optimizes data placement and write performance.

By using uninterruptable power supplies, batteries, and flash memory, NVRAM makes systems

impervious to data loss caused by power failure.

RAID-DP provides double disk protection in the event of a disk failure.

Snapshot technology provides instant point-in-time backups.

And FlexVol volumes can be moved and managed independently from the underlying storage to make

thin provisioning possible, eliminating wasted storage capacity.

.

Core Data ONTAP Capabilities

7NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 65: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP: COMPETITIVE DIFFERENTIATORS

NetApp brings your customers these competitive differentiators:

Customers can perform lifecycle operations without interrupting applications and upgrade controllers in

place, without copying data.

The unified, multi-tenant clustered storage platform provides storage efficiency and quality of service for

SAN and NAS in entry-level, midpoint, and high-end systems. NetApp Data ONTAP storage-efficiency

features include deduplication, compression, thin provisioning, cloning, and thin replication.

NetApp systems scale seamlessly, from a terabyte to tens of petabytes, and the Virtual Storage Tier

speeds overall IT performance.

Data ONTAP: Competitive Differentiators

With the Data ONTAP unified, multi-tenant clustered storage platform, customers can: Perform lifecycle operations without application

interruptions Upgrade controllers in place, without copying data Scale their systems from one terabyte to tens of

petabytes Speed overall IT performance with Virtual Storage

Tier Ensure quality of service (QoS) for SAN and NAS

on entry-level, mid-level, and high-end systems Use a combination of storage-efficiency

technologies: deduplication, compression, thin provisioning, cloning, and thin replication

8NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 66: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP CORE CAPABILITIES: WAFL

Data ONTAP Core Capabilities: WAFL

9NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 67: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CORE TECHNOLOGY DISK STRUCTURE

Core Technology Disk Structure

10NetApp Confidential

Legacy (Static) NetApp (Dynamic)

RAID Groups

Hard Disks

LUNs

Physical Layer

Logical Layer

RAID Groups

Hard Disks

FlexVolVolumes

Aggregate

MetaLUNs LUNs andFiles

Legacy or write-in-place storage architectures rely on “static” virtualization, for

which data volumes are preallocated or statically mapped. NetApp architecture leverages a “dynamic” virtualization engine: Data volumes

are dynamically mapped to physical space.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 68: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WAFL: ARCHITECTURAL PRINCIPLES

Three core architectural principles shaped the design of WAFL. First, WAFL had to support RAID, which

determined the way the disks operations, including speed and how the blocks are laid out.

Next is that WAFL had to optimize writes. This became the central principle for WAFL. WAFL optimizes

writes by to collecting data blocks and grouping them so that the system write the data blocks anywhere on

the disk. This placement also optimizes reads.

Finally, WAFL had to use nonvolatile storage to cache the data as it comes into the system. With nonvolatile

storage, the system can group data and then determine where to place it on the disk.

WAFL: Architectural Principles

NetApp Confidential 11

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 69: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WAFL: WRITE ANYWHERE FILE LAYOUT

Highlights of the WAFL file system include performance optimizations, integrated RAID 4 and RAID-DP for

greater protection from disk issues, and built-in Snapshot technology that provides the first level of data

protection. The WAFL file system handles the job of reading and writing data to and from disks. WAFL

always writes to the nearest available free block, which decreases write time. Other file systems write to

preallocated locations on disk, which requires time-consuming disk seeks.

The basic goal of WAFL is to write to the “first best available” location, which is always a complete stripe

across an entire RAID group that can be accessed with the least amount of head movement. The term “write

anywhere” refers to the location of the metadata.

WAFL: Write Anywhere File Layout

12NetApp Confidential 12

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 70: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP: BENEFITS OF WAFL

The WAFL file system gives your customers more flexibility and resiliency and enables them to test for less.

Data ONTAP is the only operating system with a built-in file system that saves money, time and reduces

complexity.

Data ONTAP: Benefits of WAFL

WAFL is the NetApp proprietary file system that gives your customers:

13NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 71: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WAFL VERSUS “TRADITIONAL’ FILE SYSTEMS

Sometimes potential new customers are confused about the meaning of “write anywhere.” And sometimes

this confusion has been planted by NetApp competitors who suggest that the WAFL file system does not

protect data stored on disk because it stores the data on disk just “anywhere.” But “write anywhere” actually

means just the opposite. Unlike the vast majority of file systems that require metadata to be recorded to a

particular physical location on the disk, the WAFL file system is able to write metadata anywhere on the disk.

From a performance point of view, WAFL attempts to avoid the having the disk head move repeatedly across

the physical disk medium. Head seeks happen very fast, but on server-class systems, thousands of disk

accesses can occur each second. This inefficiency adds up very quickly and greatly impacts the performance

of the system, particularly on write operations. The WAFL file system does not have that handicap because it

writes the metadata in line with the rest of the data. “Write anywhere” refers to the file system’s ability to

write any class of data at any location on the disk; in other words, it can choose where to put the data.

The Data ONTAP operating system controls where everything goes on the disks, so it can determine the most

optimal location for data and metadata. This fact has very significant ramifications for the way Data ONTAP

does everything, but particularly in the operation of RAID and the operation of Snapshot technology.

WAFL Versus “Traditional” File Systems

14

WAFL Traditional File Systems

File data location Anywhere on disk Most of disk

Metadata location Anywhere on disk (except root inode)

Dedicated regions

Updates to existing data or metadata

Put in unallocated blocks (originals intact)

Overwrite existing data

File system consistency

Guaranteed by design Careful ordering of all writes required

Crash recovery Reboot, ready to go Slow, complicated fsckInteraction with RAID Can write full stripes,

utilizing bandwidthHas to seek for all updates

Snapshot copies or versions

By design Requires an extra copy on write

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 72: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP CORE CAPABILITIES: NVRAM

Data ONTAP Core Capabilities: NVRAM

15NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 73: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NVRAM OPERATION

Each FAS controller contains a special chunk of RAM called NVRAM. In this case, NV means nonvolatile. It

is nonvolatile because it has a battery. If a problem occurs, from a sudden disaster that strikes the system to a

janitor tripping over the power cords, the data stored in NVRAM is not lost.

When data gets to a NetApp storage system, it is treated in the exactly the same way whether it came through

a SAN or NAS connection. As I/O requests come into the system, they first go to RAM. The RAM on a

NetApp system is used as in any other system; it is where the Data ONTAP operating system does active

processing. As the write requests come in, the operating system also logs them into NVRAM.

NVRAM is logically divided into two halves. As soon as WAFL fills up one half of NVRAM, WAFL forces

a consistency point to occur, and it writes the contents of that half of NVRAM to the storage media. A fully

loaded system performs back-to-back consistency points as it fills and refills both halves of the NVRAM.

Upon receipt from the host, WAFL logs writes in NVRAM and immediately sends an acknowledgment back

to the host. At that point, from the host’s perspective, the data has been written to storage. But in fact, the data

might be held in NVRAM temporarily. The goal of the WAFL file system is to write data in full stripes across

the storage media. To do this, it holds write requests in NVRAM while it chooses the best location for the

data, does RAID calculations, parity calculations, and gathers enough data to write a full stripe across the

entire RAID group.

Storage System

Client is free to continue operations. Low-latency response increases client

performance. Operations are purely electronic

(memory-to-memory path).

NetMainMemory

NVRAM Operation

Client

Operation is logged in battery-backed RAM and is now safe from controller failure.

Operation is also placed in the controller’s main memory where

further processing will occur.

NetApp Confidential 16

NIC = Network Interface Card

Net MainMemory

NVRAM

BATT+-

Operation

ack

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 74: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NVRAM OPERATION (CONT.)

The WAFL file system never holds data any longer than ten seconds before it establishes a consistency point.

At least every 10 seconds, WAFL takes the contents of NVRAM and commits it to disk. As soon as a write

request has been committed to a block on disk, WAFL clears it from the journal. On a system that is lightly

loaded, an administrator can actually see the 10 second consistency points occur; every ten seconds, the lights

cascade across the system. Most systems run with a heavier load than that, and the consistency points occur

every second, every four seconds, or every two seconds, depending on the system load.

This question frequently arises: “Is NVRAM a performance bottleneck?” No, it is not. The response time of

RAM and NVRAM is measured in microseconds. Disk response times are always in milliseconds, and it takes

a few milliseconds for a disk to respond to an I/O. Disks are always the performance bottleneck of any storage

system because disks are considerably slower than any other component on the system (such as CPU or

RAM). When a system is committing back-to-back consistency points, the disks are taking writes as fast as

they possibly can. That is a platform limit for that system. If the platform limit is reached, then it becomes

necessary to spread the traffic across more heads or upgrade the head to a system with greater capacity. That

is a disk limitation; the disks are emptying NVRAM as quickly as possible. NVRAM could function faster if

the disks could keep up.

NVRAM Operation (Cont.)

17NetApp Confidential

Net MainMemory

NVRAM

BATT+-

NetMainMemory

Activities involving the operation consume main memory. Up to 10 seconds can elapse between consistency points while many other

operations arrive (not shown). The organized data from the operations are written to disk. NVRAM is zeroed.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 75: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NVRAM BENEFITS FOR SAN AND NAS ENVIRONMENTS

The NVRAM module is backed up by a battery that enables it to perform a destage operation when system

power is lost unexpectedly. While this is true for all FAS controllers, the specifics in the following example

are for the FAS8000 series.

The contents of DRAM are moved to flash components. In FAS8020, the destage takes approximately 40

seconds; in FAS8040 and FAS8060 controllers, it takes from 70 to 90 seconds. Then the card shuts down

completely. The battery is no longer needed to preserve customer data.

When system power is restored, the Data ONTAP operating system transfers the contents from flash back to

DRAM during the boot. Data ONTAP replays the NVRAM log from DRAM memory. The FAS8000

NVRAM9 is designed to work with InfiniBand technology that enables high-availability configurations. The

diagram illustrates that an incoming write request is logged in the write buffer in main memory. The NVlog

process writes the request to the local controller NVRAM. Using the InfiniBand connection, the request is

also mirrored to the remote copy of the NVRAM. After the partner is updated, an acknowledgement is sent

back to the client, often resulting in only 1-millisecond write latency as measured from the host. If two

controllers are in the same chassis, this connection is achieved over the backplane. If one of the two

controllers fails, or one is taken over manually, the NVRAM data from the impaired node is available in the

surviving node. The high-availability paths to the disk shelves are used to complete any client requests.

NVRAM Benefits for SAN and NAS

Environments

18NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 76: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP CORE CAPABILITIES: RAID-DP

Data ONTAP Core Capabilities: RAID-DP

19NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 77: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

RAID-DP: PROVIDING ADDITONAL PROTECTION

Data ONTAP provides many data protection features that your customer expects from an enterprise storage

system. This market-leading technology has unique benefits compared to other RAID implementations. These

features include point-in-time Snapshot copies, archival, and disaster recovery. With RAID-DP, your systems

are protected from two disks failures. This technology, which is unique to NetApp, is included with every

Data ONTAP system.

RAID DP: Providing Additional Protection

Point-in-time Snapshot copies

Archival Disaster recovery

20NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 78: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

RAID GROUPS

All Data ONTAP disks are organized into RAID groups. RAID groups provide parity protection against data

loss. Each RAID group consists of data disks, a parity disk (RAID 4), and a dual-parity disk (RAID-DP). A

double-parity RAID group must have at least three disks: one or more data disks, a parity disk, and a double-

parity disk. You can add disks to your RAID groups to increase usable disk space; however, you cannot

remove disks to reduce disk space.

If a data disk failure occurs in a RAID group, Data ONTAP replaces the failed disk with a spare disk. Data

ONTAP automatically uses parity data to reconstruct the failed disk's data on the replacement disk.

Meanwhile, Data ONTAP continues to serve data to clients by reconstructing data from the parity disk while

the new data disk is under construction. If a parity or double-parity disk failure occurs in a RAID group, Data

ONTAP replaces the failed disk with a spare disk and reconstructs parity for the new disk.

RAID Groups

21NetApp Confidential

RAID-DP

DataDisks

ParityDisk

Dual-ParityDisk

Dual-Parity RAID Group Protects Against Double Disk Failure

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 79: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP COMPONENTS: DATA LAYOUT WITH RAID 4

Inside NetApp, the WAFL file system and NVRAM process is described as “cheating at Tetris.” The object

of Tetris is to create full lines of blocks so that they get cleared out. That is what the WAFL file system does.

It is “cheating,” because it involves caching blocks, looking at them, and laying them out before having to

write them to disks.

The WAFL system can cheat when laying out blocks because of the journaling that occurs in NVRAM and

the RAM buffer. It writes complete stripes across the array so that the traffic on the parity drive is the same as

the traffic on the data drives. The disks all get the same number of writes across the entire RAID group. This

is why NetApp can use RAID 4 and not have the performance problem of the parity drive getting hot and

overloaded in either RAID 4 or RAID-DP technology.

RAID 4 has always been available in Data ONTAP software. One of the advantages of RAID 4 is that it

allows the administrator to add data disks to RAID groups. Adding a data disk that contains all zero bits has

no impact on the parity disk. With RAID 4, this allows the addition of data disks to RAID groups without

having to touch any of the data or recalculate any parity.

At least four disks should be added at a time to a system that has implemented RAID 4 protection. With

aggregates, that is usually not an issue. Most NetApp customers usually add an entire RAID group at a time to

an aggregate to increase capacity.

Most companies with enterprise environments want to be able to survive two data disk failures. So, how do

you do that? That is where RAID-DP technology comes into the picture.

Data ONTAP Components: Data Layout

with RAID 4

22NetApp Confidential

RAIDStripe

WriteChain

Parity Drive

Uses a Tetris-like write Tries to fill stripes Recalculates parity

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 80: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP COMPONENTS: RAID-DP PARITY

Data ONTAP Components: RAID-DP

Parity

23NetApp Confidential

RAID-DP technologyprotects against any double-disk failure.

D

4

3

D

1

D

2

2

D

3

2

P

9

7

DP

16

RAID-DP technology is dual, diagonal parity data protection. NetApp RAID-DP technology is an implementation of the industry standard

RAID 6 as defined by the Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA).

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 81: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

RAID LEVELS COMPARED

This chart illustrates how RAID-DP provides high performance at a low price while protecting against two

disk failures. These are common best practice implementations, but other ratios of data disks to parity disks

can be configured.

RAID Levels Compared

24NetApp Confidential

Performance Price Protection RAID Level

Disk Capacity

% Overhead Data Parity / Protection

Avg. Avg. 1 4 12.5% 7 1Avg. Avg. 1 5 12.5% 7 1High Low 2 DP 12.5% 14 2

Low Low 2 6 12.5% 14 2High High 1+ 10 50% 8 8

High High 5+ SyncMirror(DP+1) 56.25% 14 18

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 82: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WRITE REQUEST PROCESS

The following steps indicate how the Data ONTAP operating system processes a write request.

Step 1: When a client sends a write request to Data ONTAP, the request goes to the network module. The

network module sends the data to physical RAM.

Step 2: The protocol module separates the data and the protocol according to the protocol's rules. Because in

this example the environment is a Microsoft Windows, the protocol is CIFS.

Step 3: The WAFL file system receives the raw data and saves a copy of the data in NVRAM. Then the

WAFL file system sends an acknowledgement that it received the data back to the client. The primary job of

the WAFL file system is to determine how the data will be written when the write is performed. Meanwhile,

copies of all write requests are stored in NVRAM as a backup that is used for emergencies. Because NVRAM

is backed by a battery, the write request will survive even if power is lost.

Step 4: The WAFL file system continues to take incoming data and decides how to write data on disk until a

consistency point occurs. This typically happens either every 10 seconds or when NVRAM is half full.

During a consistency point the half of NVRAM that contains a backup of write requests that are in the process

of being written is locked. The other half of NVRAM is used for incoming requests. When the consistency

point is completed, the locked portion of NVRAM is flushed and made ready for use.

Step 5: When the consistency point occurs, the WAFL file system passes data to the RAID module. The

RAID module calculates parity and adds parity information to the data that will be sent to disk. RAID then

notifies the storage module that the data is ready.

Step 6: The storage module physically performs the write request. The optional Flash Cache enables

customers to extend memory for system reads. It extends system RAM to provide ready access to data in

memory for read requests.

Write Request Process

25NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 83: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: SNAPSHOT TECHNOLOGY

Snapshot technology, a key feature of Data ONTAP, is the standard for point-in-time, disk-based backup and

is the basis of many other Data ONTAP features.

Snapshot Technology

Lesson 2

NetApp Confidential 26

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 84: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPSHOT COPIES

NetApp Snapshot copies are a key technology that provides a wide range of savings in space and cost. In fact,

NetApp Snapshot copies are the most space-efficient snapshots in the industry. While other snapshot features

perform full copies of the data, NetApp Snapshot copies capture only the changes across the data, reducing

the need for a full copy. This translates into very significant savings in storage; in fact, Snapshot copies can

use 80 percent less capacity than competing products.

A Snapshot copy is a point-in-time image of the file system. Snapshot copies can be created at the aggregate

level and the volume level. Storage administrators can schedule for regularly occurring Snapshot copies or

manually create a Snapshot copy. Snapshot management is integrated in such products as SnapManager and

SnapDrive. Creating a Snapshot copy has almost zero performance impact. Data ONTAP supports up to 255

Snapshot copies per volume. Snapshot technology is the foundation of many other NetApp data protection

technologies.

Snapshot Copies

A point-in-time image of the file system:

– Aggregate and volume levels– System-scheduled, manual, or

application-integrated– Foundation for many other NetApp

data protection technologies– Virtually zero performance impact– Up to 255 per volume – No license required; always

available on any Data ONTAP system

27NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 85: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SNAPSHOT TECHNOLOGY (1 OF 3)

This presentation was originally given by Dave Hitz, one of the NetApp founders and Executive Vice

President of NetApp, Inc. He gave this presentation for the 2005 Fall Classic. It is a good description of

Snapshot technology and how our competitors’ snapshot technologies work.

What Is a NetApp Snapshot Copy?

A Snapshot copy is a locally retained, point-in-time image of data. NetApp Snapshot technology is a feature

of the WAFL storage-virtualization technology that is a part of the Data ONTAP microkernel that ships with

every NetApp storage system. A NetApp Snapshot is a “frozen,” read-only view of a WAFL volume that

provides easy access to old versions of files, directory hierarchies, and LUNs.

The high performance of the NetApp Snapshot technology makes it highly scalable. A NetApp Snapshot copy

takes only a few seconds to create—typically less than one second, regardless of the size of the volume or the

level of activity on the NetApp storage system. After a Snapshot copy has been created, changes to data

objects are reflected in updates to the current version of the objects, as if Snapshot copies did not exist.

Meanwhile, the Snapshot version of the data remains completely stable. A NetApp Snapshot copy incurs no

performance overhead; users can comfortably store up to 255 Snapshot copies per WAFL volume, all of

which are accessible as read-only and online versions of the data.

How does NetApp Snapshot technology work?

Data ONTAP architecture starts in the same way as random access mediums with pointers to physical

locations, the same as USB drives, or thumb drives, and any other type of disks, such as floppy disks. When

Data ONTAP software creates a Snapshot copy, it preserves the inode map as it is at that point in time and

then continues to make changes to the inode map on the active file system. Data ONTAP software keeps the

old version of the inode map. No data movement occurs at the time that the Snapshot copy is created.

NetApp Snapshot Technology (1 of 3)

Create Snapshot copy 1: No data movement Copies pointers only

28

A

B

C

A

B

C

Snapshot Copy 1

Blocks in LUN or File

Blocks on the Disk

A

B

C

A

B

C

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 86: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SNAPSHOT TECHNOLOGY (2 OF 3)

When Data ONTAP software writes changes to disk, the changed version of block B is written to a new

location, B1 in this example. That enables the file system to avoid all of the parity update changes that would

be required if the new data were written to the original location. If Data ONTAP software updated the same

block, it would have to perform multiple parity reads to be able to update both parity drives. The WAFL file

system writes the changed block to a new location, again writing complete stripes and not moving or

changing the original data blocks.

When the file system creates the next Snapshot copy, the new Snapshot copy points only to the unchanged

blocks A and C and to block B1, the new location for the changed contents of block B. That is all. Data

ONTAP software does not move any data; it keeps building on the original active file system. It is extremely

simple and efficient, and because it is so simple, it is good for disk utilization. The only extra blocks that are

used when changes are made are those that are needed for the new or updated blocks.

NetApp Snapshot Technology (2 of 3)

Create Snapshot copy 1. Continue writing data. Create Snapshot copy 2:

– No data movement– Copies pointers only

29

A

B1

C

Blocks on the Disk

A

B

C

B

A

C

B1

B1

A

B

C

SnapshotCopy 1

Blocks in LUN or File

SnapshotCopy 2

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 87: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SNAPSHOT TECHNOLOGY (3 OF 3)

Snapshot copies have excellent performance characteristics. No extra I/O operations are required.

Functionally, the system can realistically provide an unlimited number of Snapshot copies. The hard limit is

255 Snapshot copies per volume online, and in most production environments, that is more than are used.

Two dozen active Snapshot copies at a time are the most that you find in production environments, even

though many more can be utilized if needed.

Secondary archival environments certainly use many more Snapshot copies. Now, by using FlexClone

technology, you can literally create an unlimited number of Snapshot copies of a volume. A user can take up

to 254 Snapshot copies and then, on the last Snapshot copy, create a FlexClone volume clone. Then the user

can take another 254 and clone it again, take another 254, and so on. So today, we have unlimited Snapshot

copies.

NetApp Snapshot Technology (3 of 3)

Create Snapshot copy 1. Continue writing data. Create Snapshot 2. Continue writing data. Create Snapshot copy 3. Simplicity of model:

– Best disk utilization– Fastest performance

30

A

B1

C2

A

B1

C

SnapshotCopy 2

Blocks on the Disk

A

C

A

B

C

B1

B1

C2

C2

A

B

C

SnapshotCopy 1

Blocks in LUN or File

SnapshotCopy 3

B1

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 88: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPRESTORE SOFTWARE

SnapRestore software reverts an entire volume back to the moment that the Snapshot copy was made. This

operation is instantaneous and consumes no additional storage space. Any later Snapshot copies are lost. It is

as if you went back in time, when the later Snapshot copies have not yet happened. The most common use of

SnapRestore is to restore an entire volume. However, SnapRestore can be used to restore a single file.

Volume-level FlexClone is a transparent, writable layer that sits in front of a Snapshot copy. Like the

Snapshot on which it is based, the FlexClone volume simply points to any shared data in the source volume,

so the only new storage capacity needed is for unique changes stored for each cloned copy.

SnapRestore Software

Reverts an entire volume back to the moment the Snapshot copy was made– Instantaneous– Consumes no additional storage space– Later Snapshot copies are lost– Most commonly used to restore an

entire volume, but also “Single File

SnapRestore”

FlexClone functions like SnapRestore by retaining later Snapshot copies

31NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 89: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: THE DATA ONTAP VIRTUALIZATION LAYER

In this lesson, you learn how Data ONTAP virtualizes the layers of a storage infrastructure, from disks,

through aggregates and volumes, to entire storage systems.

The Data ONTAP Virtualization Layer

Lesson 3

NetApp Confidential 32

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 90: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP STORAGE LAYER: AGGREGATE

What is an aggregate? An aggregate is a collection of disks. It can be multiple RAID groups or just one RAID

group. It is a collection of physical disk space used as a container to support one or more volumes.

An aggregate is the physical layer. When you create an aggregate, you do not have any usable space yet.

There is still nothing for a host to connect to in an aggregate. Volumes must be created, either traditional or

flexible, using the aggregate.

An aggregate is a logical container that encompasses the physical aspects of storage, such as disks and RAID

groups. Aggregates provide the storage for volumes, and volumes provide support for the differing security,

backup, performance, and data sharing needs of your users. Each aggregate has its own RAID configuration,

RAID groups, and set of assigned disks. When you create an aggregate, Data ONTAP assigns the data disks

and parity disks to the RAID groups used to create the aggregate. You can increase the size of your aggregate

either by adding disks to an existing RAID group or by adding new RAID groups; however, you cannot

remove a disk to reduce storage space. You can use the aggregate to hold one or more FlexVol volumes.

FlexVol volumes are the logical file systems that share the physical storage resources, RAID configuration,

and plex structure of the containing aggregate.

Data ONTAP Storage Layer: Aggregate

33NetApp Confidential

Aggregate: collection of physical disk space used as a container to support one or more flexible volumes. Aggregates are the physical layer.

RG 0

RG 1

RG 2

Aggregate

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 91: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP STORAGE TERMINOLOGY: FLEXIBLE VOLUME

A flexible volume is a collection of disk space allocated from the available space within the aggregate.

Flexible volumes are loosely tied to their aggregate.

Notice here that both FlexVol volumes are striped across all of the disks of the aggregate. That is always true

of a FlexVol volume, no matter what the size. A FlexVol volume can be as small as 20 megabytes or as large

as the entire aggregate.

Data ONTAP Storage Terminology:

Flexible Volume

34NetApp Confidential

RG 0

RG 1

RG 2

Aggregate

FlexVol1

FlexVol1

FlexVol1

FlexVol2

FlexVol2

FlexVol2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 92: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DATA ONTAP: DATA LAYOUT LAYER

The core of Data ONTAP is referred to as the data layout layer. The final processing occurs in this layer

before data is stored on disk. It is in this layer that the WAFL virtualization engine gives Data ONTAP its

unique capabilities.

Data ONTAP: Data Layout Layer

35NetApp Confidential 35

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 93: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to identify the features and benefits of the Data

ONTAP operating system and describe the functionality of the WAFL file system and the NVRAM and

RAID-DP features. You should also be able to describe the features of Data ONTAP Snapshot technology

and the technologies associated with the Data ONTAP virtualization layer.

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Identify features and benefits of the Data

ONTAP operating system Describe the functionality of WAFL, NVRAM,

and RAID-DP features Describe the features of Data ONTAP

Snapshot technology Describe the technologies associated with the

Data ONTAP virtualization layer

36NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 94: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-37 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 2: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 37

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 95: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-38 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. What are the three characteristics of the Unified Cluster Architecture built on Data ONTAP?

38NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 96: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-39 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. What does the WAFL file system optimize?

39NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 97: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

2-40 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Data ONTAP Foundation Technology

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #3

Knowledge Check: Question #3

3. How does RAID-DP provide enhanced data protection?

40NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 98: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 3: DATA ONTAP VALUE-ADDED TECHNOLOGIES

This module explains how Data ONTAP value-added technologies improve storage efficiency and

performance. You learn the features and functions of the Data ONTAP value-added technologies, the benefits

and use cases for each technology, and the value of integrating multiple Data ONTAP value-added

technologies.

Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

Module 3

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 99: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

By the end of this module, you should be able to explain the benefits of each Data ONTAP value-added

technology and describe the pain points that each Data ONTAP technology addresses. You should also be

able to describe the features and functionality of these technologies and state their use cases.

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Describe the pain points that each Data

ONTAP value-added technology addresses Explain the benefits of each Data ONTAP

value-added technology Describe the technical features and

functionality of each Data ONTAP value-added technology

State the use cases for each Data ONTAP value-added technology

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 100: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: DATA ONTAP VALUE-ADDED TECHNOLOGIES FOR STORAGE EFFICIENCY

One of the biggest challenges for companies today is the cost of storage. Storage represents the largest and

fastest-growing IT expense. The NetApp portfolio of storage-efficiency technologies is aimed at lowering this

cost. In this lesson, you learn how NetApp deduplication, compression, and FlexClone technologies enable

your customers to store the maximum amount of data for the lowest possible cost.

Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies for Storage Efficiency

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 3

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 101: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE GROWTH = POWER CONSUMPTION

Companies are re-evaluating IT spending and discovering that the average storage growth is at a rate of 30%

per year, which makes storage the second-highest and fastest-growing power consumer. Of all power used in

the United States, 1.5% is used by data centers.

Storage Growth = Power Consumption

Capital budgets– Storage represents the second-highest and fastest-

growing power consumer. Operating budgets

– Power is expensive, with hard limits in many locations.

– Cooling is difficult with compact IT equipment such as blade servers.

– Enterprise data centers cost millions and require years to build.

NetApp Confidential 4

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 102: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SOFTWARE EFFICIENCIES

NetApp deduplication technology removes duplicate blocks on the disk to reduce physical space use. NetApp

compression technology replaces repeated patterns in data blocks with pointers to reduce physical space use.

NetApp FlexClone technology provides instantaneous point-in-time read/writable copies that consume space

only for changed blocks.

These technologies can be used individually or combined to reduce the cost of purchasing and maintaining

storage across application storage tiers.

Software Efficiencies

Deduplication– Reduces physical space use by removing

duplicate blocks on disk Compression

– Reduces physical space use by replacing repeating patterns with chunks of data

FlexClone software – Provides instantaneous point-in-time read/writable

copies that consume space only for changed blocks

NetApp Confidential 5

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 103: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP DEDUPLICATION HIGHLIGHTS

NetApp deduplication improves storage efficiency by finding identical blocks of data and replacing them with

references to a single shared block. The same block of data can belong to several files or LUNs or can appear

repeatedly within the same file. When deduplication is turned on, it finds and removes duplicate 4-kilobyte

blocks that are stored in the Write Anywhere File Layout file system (abbreviated as WAFL). The most

popular configuration is to schedule deduplication to run at slow times with threshold, manual, or with

SnapVault scheduler settings. Because deduplication occurs at a low level, it is transparent to applications.

Fingerprint checking is done byte-for-byte, so NetApp can guarantee that deduplication does not cause data

loss.

Deduplication metadata, which includes the fingerprint and change logs, does require some storage space. The

deduplication metadata requires a minimum free space in the aggregate equal to 3% of the total data’s worth

of free space for all deduplicated flexible volumes. Each flexible volume should have 4% of the total data’s

worth of free space, for a total of 7%. To calculate total data, add used space to saved space. In Data ONTAP

8.1, 7% of the total logical data is required. In Data ONTAP 8.2 and later, 7% of the total physical data is

required.

NetApp Deduplication Highlights

Improves storage efficiency by removing redundant blocks of storage

Deletes blocks that are the same across files or LUNs

Removes duplicate 4-KB blocks stored by the Write Anywhere File Layout (WAFL) file system

Enables operation and postprocess to be scheduled

Is transparent to applications Guarantees zero data loss from deduplication Requires minimal free capacity for deduplication

metadata: free capacity equal to 7% of total data―4% in the volume or data constituent, 3% in the aggregate– Data ONTAP 8.1: Percentage of total logical data – Data ONTAP 8.2: Percentage of total physical data

NetApp Confidential 6

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 104: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP COMPRESSION HIGHLIGHTS

Data compression is the process of reducing the physical capacity that is required to store data on a FlexVol

volume by eliminating repeated patterns in data blocks. This process can be used for primary, secondary, and

archive storage. Pre-existing data can be compressed. Compression is completed manually or inline by

schedule.

This process is transparent to the application, which means that application awareness is not needed.

Compression requires deduplication to be enabled on the volume, but it does not require deduplication to be

scheduled to run. Compression supports 64-bit aggregates only, whereas deduplication can be enabled on a

32-bit or 64-bit aggregate. The default compression behavior is to skip deduplicated blocks and blocks that

are locked in Snapshot copies, but you can set parameters to change this behavior. (For details, see TR-3966:

Compression and Deduplication for Clustered Data ONTAP, Deployment and Implementation Guide.)

NetApp Compression Highlights

Data compression:

Is the process of reducing physical capacity to store data on a FlexVol volume by compressing data blocks

Can be done manually or be scheduled to run inline

Can be used for pre-existing data

Is transparent to applications (no need for application awareness)

Requires deduplication to be enabled also Supports only 64-bit aggregates Writes compressed data as new blocks By default, skips blocks that have been deduplicated By default, skips blocks that are locked by Snapshot copies

NetApp Confidential 7

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 105: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DEDUPLICATION AND COMPRESSION

NetApp deduplication and data compression are complementary technologies that are built into clustered Data

ONTAP and Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode. Compression and deduplication are enabled on a per-

FlexVol volume basis or per-data constituent basis. They are optional operations that run in the background as

low-priority processes.

These technologies are supported on all FAS series, N-Series, and V-Series systems that support the Data

ONTAP operating system. No additional cost or licenses are required. Deduplication and compression can be

used for primary and secondary storage.

Deduplication and Compression

Built into clustered Data ONTAP and Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode– Enabled on a per-FlexVol volume or per-data

constituent basis

– Optional processes

– Run in the background as low-priority processes Free, no licenses required Usable for primary and secondary storage Complementary technologies Impose no limit on which system models are

supportedNetApp Confidential 8

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 106: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP FLEXCLONE TECHNOLOGY

NetApp FlexClone technology can be used to clone files and LUNs that are present in a Snapshot copy. When

cloning from a backing Snapshot copy, new Snapshot copies are disallowed until the background cloning

process is complete. When cloning from a Snapshot copy, the backing Snapshot copy is locked and cannot be

removed until the cloning operation is complete. After the cloning operation is complete, the clone is no

longer dependent on the backing Snapshot copy. If the Snapshot copy is destroyed because of Snapshot

automatic deletion, access to the dependent clone is denied.

NetApp FlexClone Technology

FlexClone technology creates a writable Snapshot copy.

The writable Snapshot copy is based on a Snapshot copy called the “backing” Snapshot

copy. FlexClone technology provides up to 32,767

clones from a single backing Snapshot copy. The backing Snapshot copy is locked and cannot

be removed.

NetApp Confidential 9

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 107: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

A FUNDAMENTALLY BETTER APPROACH

With FlexClone technology, NetApp provides a fundamentally better approach, from a speed-and-efficiency

perspective. FlexClone technology enables your customers to create more copies of data than with any other

solution, and with almost zero overhead. FlexClone technology enables your customers to create instant

replicas easily, which saves valuable database administrator and storage administrator time. And clones do

not require the storage capacity overhead and time that are needed in traditional approaches.

The chart on the left represents a traditional approach in which a data clone requires the same amount of space

as the original copy requires. With FlexClone technology, you need to add storage capacity only for changes

that are made to the dataset.

A Fundamentally Better Approach

You can create many more clones easily and efficiently. You can save valuable database administrator and storage

administrator time. Clones no longer require full overhead. You can decrease storage costs dramatically.

Traditional Approach FlexClone Technology

NetApp Confidential 10

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 108: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLEXCLONE SOFTWARE: PRIMARY USE MODELS

This graphic shows the primary FlexClone use models, which should enable you to target FlexClone

technology in specific customer environments.

The first three use models apply to volume-level cloning. The last two use models are the primary targets for

file-level and LUN-level cloning.

FlexClone Software: Primary Use Models

Accelerated development and testing Simulation Data mining Virtual server provisioning Virtual desktop provisioning

VM VM VMVM VM VM

NetApp Confidential 11

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 109: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: DATA ONTAP VALUE-ADDED TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERFORMANCE

As the complexity of enterprise systems increases, NetApp storage technology and architecture has

consistently evolved to address the performance issues and the demands of storage consolidation. In this

lesson, you learn how your customers can use the Flash Cache and Flash Pool features to optimize the

performance of their storage systems without adding disks. You also learn how storage quality of service

(abbreviated as QoS) enables your customers to consolidate with the correct balance of service level and cost

to improve use without sacrificing performance.

Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies for Performance

Lesson 2

NetApp Confidential 12

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 110: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

PERFORMANCE CHALLENGES

As IT continues to grow in the business world, three fundamental resources are in short supply in many data

centers: power, space, and cooling. Many workloads no longer require as many disks to satisfy capacity, but

instead, additional disks are required to guarantee performance. These additional disks create more space and

power requirements―and with more power, more cooling is required. This situation reinforces the need to

satisfy performance and capacity separately.

Performance Challenges

Continuously growing IT in the business world results in short supply in the data center. Power Space Cooling

NetApp Confidential 13

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 111: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP VIRTUAL STORAGE TIER OVERVIEW: SHARED STORAGE CACHING SOLUTIONS

The NetApp Virtual Storage Tier, sometimes called VST, is a self-managing data-driven service layer for

storage infrastructure. It provides real-time assessment of workload-based priorities and enables I/O data

requests to be optimized for cost and performance without requiring complex data classification.

Because only hot data blocks are promoted (not large chunks of data that might include both hot and cold

blocks), flash technology can be used sparingly without the need for excessive data movement. This reduces

the processing burden on system resources and reduces traffic in the disk subsystem. Data promotion occurs

on demand, based on actual use patterns, enabling an immediate response to changing workload demands.

Additionally, the Virtual Storage Tier is fully integrated with the NetApp Unified Storage Architecture,

providing full compatibility with SAN and NAS environments and related data-protection, business-

continuity, and storage-efficiency features.

The NetApp Virtual Storage Tier provides fully automated use and optimization of flash technology―for

controller-based, PCI Express-based flash, and SSD flash. This lesson explains how the Flash Cache and

Flash Pool features can significantly decrease the cost of disk purchases and make storage environments more

efficient.

NetApp Virtual Storage Tier OverviewShared Storage Caching Solutions

Server Cache solutions Partner solutions from Fusion-io, SanDisk, and STEC Application and server performance acceleration VMware ESXi and Windows Server 2008

environments

Flash Cache technology

Controller-wide (node-level) read cache for all volumes

Simple to implement and use

Flash Pool technology

Aggregate-level random read and write cache Persistent cached data access during controller

takeover

Server

SSD Cache

Storage

Flash Cache

Flash Pool

End-

to-E

nd C

ache

Cache is a fundamental storage system resource. The Flash Cache or Flash Pool feature should be configured on all

nodes of every new cluster deployment.

NetApp Confidential 14

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 112: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP FLASH CACHE TECHNOLOGY

A Flash Cache module is a flash-based PCI Express Generation 1 expansion card that enables large amounts

of recently read data to be cached. Flash Cache technology provides controller-based caching to improve

performance for workloads that are random read-intensive, reducing latency by a factor of 10 or more

compared to hard disks. Flash Cache modules are available in capacities up to 2 terabytes.

NetApp Flash Cache modules are intelligent read caches for user data and NetApp metadata. The Flash Cache

feature is “intelligent” because what it caches depends which of three modes of operation is selected. The

options are default mode, metadata mode, and low-priority blocks mode. (See the “NetApp Flash Cache

Technical FAQ” for details about operation modes.)

The traditional way to increase I/O throughput when the disk subsystem (not the CPU) is the bottleneck is to

add more spindles. If the customer doesn’t need more capacity, this is a waste of storage. Caching can

increase I/O throughput in a storage system without adding disks.

This approach is effective for workloads that are random in character and read-intensive. Examples include

file services, OLTP databases, messaging, and virtual infrastructure.

One of the nice things about Flash Cache modules is that you can predict the results before you add cache to

an existing storage system. A feature of Data ONTAP 7.3 and later, Predictive Cache Statistics simulates

having a cache under workload. It can predict whether adding cache would be helpful and how much to use.

NetApp Flash Cache Technology

Optimize Performance and Reduce CostsThe Flash Cache feature:

Is a key component of the NetApp Virtual Storage Tier Improves average latency for random reads Increases I/O throughput of disk-bound storage

systems without adding more disks Reduces costs by using fewer, larger disks Is effective for file services, databases,

messaging, and virtual infrastructure Predicts your results before buying for an existing storage system

NetApp Confidential 15

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 113: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

USE FLASH CACHE TECHNOLOGY, NOT MORE DISKS

The Flash Cache feature gives you more ways to achieve your goals for performance and cost. Here are three

alternative configurations of a storage system.

The configuration on the left relies on high-performance disks to provide the I/O operations per second

(abbreviated as IOPS) that the workload requires. Because the number of spindles is dictated by the I/O

requirements, you typically have more capacity than is required. Therefore, this approach is an inefficient use

of storage capacity and a waste of power and space.

In the configuration in the center, Flash Cache technology replaces some of the high-performance disks. Here,

the disks provide capacity and some of the IOPS. The Flash Cache feature provides the balance of the IOPS

and, as a bonus, reduces the average latency of the storage system. Therefore, the user achieves cost savings

for storage, power, and space.

In the configuration on the right, large-capacity SATA disks replace high-performance disks, which gives the

user more storage capacity. Because the SATA disks do not perform as well as the other disks perform, Flash

Cache technology provides more of the IOPS for this storage system. But the user can meet performance

requirements and achieve cost savings for storage, power, and space.

More Ways to Achieve Your Goals for Performance and Cost

Configure with FC

or SAS Disks Only Additional disks provide

more IOPS (I/O operations per second)

Inefficient use of storage capacity, power, and space

Configure with SATA

Disks and Flash Cache

More storage capacity Flash Cache technology can

provide an IOPS boost for SATA disks

Achieves cost savings for storage, power, and space

+ Flash

Cache

+Flash

Cache

Configure with FC or SAS

Disks and Flash Cache

Disks provide capacity and IOPS

Flash Cache technology can provide more IOPS and reduce latency

Achieves cost savings for storage, power, and space

Use Flash Cache Technology, Not More

Disks

NetApp Confidential 16

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 114: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP FLASH POOL INTELLIGENT CACHING

The NetApp Flash Pool feature provides caching of random read and write operations through automated use

of sold-state drives (abbreviated as SSDs), enabling the use of capacity-optimized hard-disk technology

across the majority of application workloads. Flash Pool intelligent caching enables the creation of a Data

ONTAP software RAID-protected aggregate that is composed of a combination of hard disks and SSDs.

A NetApp Flash Pool aggregate configures SSDs and hard disks—either performance disks (often referred to

by their interface, SAS or FC) or capacity disks (often called SATA)—into a single aggregate. The SSDs and

hard disks are configured into separate RAID groups, and the SSD RAID group acts as a cache for data that is

stored in volumes provisioned on the hard disks within the same Flash Pool aggregate. Deploying a hybrid

SSD and hard-disk Flash Pool aggregate can improve application and storage system performance relative to

hard-disk-only systems, at a cost that is comparable or lower.

NetApp Flash Pool Intelligent Caching

A flash pool is a least-recently-used (LRU) random read/write cache.

A Flash Pool aggregate consists of one or more hard-disk RAID groups plus a solid-state drive (SSD) RAID group.– SSDs act as a cache for all volumes in the aggregate.– Hard disks are a single-performance type (for example,

7200 RPM).

NetApp Confidential 17

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 115: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLASH POOL COMPONENTS

A flash pool consists of an aggregate of one or more hard-disk RAID groups plus a RAID group of SSDs.

You can also nondisruptively convert existing 64-bit aggregates that are created with FC, SAS, or SATA

disks to a flash pool. You must use only one type of disk for a flash pool: either high-capacity SATA disks or

SAS performance disks.

SSDs cache random data, including previously written data, such as overwrites, and read data that has expired

from main memory. SSD space is used purely as a cache; it does not provide any usable space, and it does not

count against the maximum aggregate size limit.

Note that you can use FC disks to create a flash pool, but you cannot use an FC flash pool in a MetroCluster

configuration. MetroCluster software is supported, but only with non-FC flash pools.

Flash Pool Components

A flash pool consists of:– An aggregate of one or more hard-disk RAID groups– A RAID group of SSDs

Aggregates can be nondisruptively converted to a flash pool.

Only one of two types of hard disks can be used: – High-capacity (SATA) – Performance (SAS)

SSDs cache random data:– Previously written data (overwrites)– Read data that expired from main memory

FC disks can be used to create a flash pool, except in a MetroCluster configuration.

MetroCluster software supports non-FC flash pools.

NetApp Confidential 18

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 116: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLASH CACHE OR FLASH POOL TECHNOLOGY: TOP-LEVEL RECOMMENDATIONS AND GUIDANCE

The general NetApp recommendation is to use only one caching product―either the Flash Cache feature or

the Flash Pool feature―on the same node or high-availability pair.

Each solution consumes CPU and memory; using one product preserves more resources for other work.

Systems that have less than 2 terabytes of total cache per node don’t have enough cache to divide between

both solutions.

Data from any given volume is cached in only one place. If the volume is on a Flash Pool aggregate, use a

Flash Pool cache. Use the Flash Cache feature for all other volumes.

Exceptions to these guidelines are large-capacity systems that have multiple aggregates, where using Flash

Pool cache on all aggregates can be expensive.

Flash Cache or Flash Pool TechnologyTop-Level Recommendations and Guidance

Flash Cache technology

Applications where unique Flash Pool capabilities aren’t needed

– Simpler to configure and use

When caching data that is1…

− Read sequentially − From array LUNs behind V-

Series/FlexArray− On NetApp Storage Encryption

(NSE)− From SnapLock volumes

Flexibility: Ability to move cache easily between nodes

Flash Pool technology

Mission-critical applications – More consistent performance

through storage controller takeover

Database applications(OLTP, DW, DSS, and so on)

FAS22xx systems2

More cache per node than the Flash Cache feature maximum is needed.

Preserving PCIe slots for other cards is important.

1. Only supported with Flash Cache technology. 2. Only Flash Pool technology is supported.

19NetApp Confidential 19

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 117: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CACHE RECOMMENDATIONS BY APPLICATION FOR MULTIWORKLOAD/SHARED STORAGE DEPLOYMENTS

The Flash Cache and Flash Pool features provide tremendous performance and storage efficiency benefits for

a wide range of application workloads that have random operations. These benefits are large compared all-

hard-disk systems.

For most applications, any difference in normal operation performance between the Flash Cache and Flash

Pool features is small compared to the benefit of using either one, so using either one is recommended.

Flash Pool technology is preferred for database applications because cache persistence through storage

controller takeover is important for maintaining performance, and because random overwrite operations are

likely.

For virtual desktop deployments where the workload is greater than 20 IOPS per desktop, EF540 is the

recommended storage solution.

Chip design and software development workloads are typically deployed on dedicated storage systems, rather

than on shared storage arrays.

Remember this key point: For most business applications, the Flash Cache and Flash Pool features provide

similar performance and storage efficiency benefits. Choose a cache solution based on other differentiators.

Cache Recommendations by Application for

Multiworkload or Shared Storage Deployments

ApplicationFlash Cache

Flash Pool

Comment

Database Applications Flash Pool cache persistence through takeover

Exchange 2010 Flash Cache technology preferred for dedicated storage systems

SharePoint

Windows File Shares

Virtual Desktop For deployments with 20 IOPS per desktop

ASIC Design* Sequential read caching speeds design validation

SW Development*

* Typically a dedicated storage application

20NetApp Confidential 20

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 118: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WORKLOAD CONSOLIDATION CHALLENGES

As administrators consolidate computing system workloads and storage systems grow in size, a few new

challenges arise. Some business-critical applications and workloads are more important and demand higher

priority in the allocation of system resources. Without a mechanism for controlling priority of services, trivial

workload requests can interrupt critical transactions. Another challenge is that the priorities of these

workloads can change over time.

Workload Consolidation Challenges

Specific applications and workloads require priority service control.

Without quality of service control, some workloads can interrupt critical operations or transactions.

Priorities can change based on time and demand.

NetApp Confidential 21

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 119: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP STORAGE QUALITY OF SERVICE

NetApp developed storage quality of service (abbreviated as QoS) to address concerns for busy storage

environments of all types. NetApp is the only storage vendor today that delivers storage QoS across a whole

range of products from entry to enterprise and across both SAN and NAS.

A NetApp storage cluster running clustered Data ONTAP can be subdivided into distinct storage virtual

machines (abbreviated as SVMs). Each SVM is governed by its own rights and permissions. SVMs make

multi-tenancy possible by securely isolating individual tenants; for instance, in a service provider

environment or individual applications, workgroups, business units, and so on are isolated. Each application

or tenant typically has its own SVM, and that SVM can be managed directly by the application owner or

tenant that is using the SVM.

Note that a NetApp storage system running Data ONTAP 7-Mode offers similar functionality via the

FlexShare feature.

NetApp Storage Quality of Service

Clustered Data ONTAP storage quality of service (QoS) lets you apply performance capacity limits to individual files, LUNs, volumes, or an entire storage virtual machine (SVM).

HA

SVM2

HA

SVM1

Clustered Data ONTAP

NetApp Confidential 22

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 120: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE QOS CORE CONCEPTS

You can use storage QoS workload management to control the resources that can be consumed by storage

objects (such as volumes, LUNs, VMDKs, or SVMs) and to manage performance spikes and improve

customer satisfaction. For fine-grained control of sequential workloads, you set throughput limits expressed in

terms of megabytes per second. For transactional workloads, you express limits in terms of I/O operations per

second. When you set a limit on an SVM, the limit is shared for all objects within that SVM. This means that

you can set a performance limit on a particular tenant or application while leaving the tenant or application

free to manage the assigned resources however it chooses within that limit.

To apply storage QoS, you create policy groups and apply limits to each policy group. For instance, a policy

group can contain a single SVM or a collection of volumes or LUNs (within an SVM) that are used by an

application.

Storage QoS Core Concepts

Policy groups– Collections of storage objects– Define isolation boundaries between sets of workloads

Storage objectsSVMs, volumes, LUNs, files

Policies – Behaviors to apply to a policy group– I/O or data throughput limits

WorkloadThroughput (IOPS or MBps) to a storage object

NetApp Confidential 23

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 121: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE QOS VALUE PROPOSITION

Cluster administrators can use QoS to limit I/O to SVMs, flexible volumes, files, or LUNs to prevent a rogue

workload from overwhelming the others. QoS is very applicable in multi-tenant environments because IT can

sets thresholds on performance to manage the environment, enable consolidation, and set SLAs.

QoS offers a huge benefit for cloud service providers because they can set and meet performance

guarantees—one of the core value propositions of their business model. As they add workloads and new

clients, and unpredictable loads need to be isolated from existing clients, they can set limits and know that a

new workload won’t exceed that limit. They can ensure that their customers get what they pay for, but only

what they pay for. Customers who want a higher level of service can pay a bit more.

Storage QoS Value Proposition

Enterprise deploymentEnable consolidation of mixed workloads without affecting the performance of the business-critical workloads

Service provider deploymentEnable delivery of differentiated service levels for tenants in a multi-tenant, shared infrastructure

Set workload

performance by

file, volume, SVM,

or LUN

NetApp Confidential 24

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 122: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: SECURE MULTI-TENANCY

The arrival of cloud computing and the adoption of cloud infrastructure to deliver IT as a service in data

centers of all types raise a question: How can you be certain that applications, data, and customers are

securely isolated as you migrate critical applications to an infrastructure in which servers, networks, and

storage are all shared resources? In this lesson, you learn how NetApp secure multi-tenancy technology

provides a level of security and isolation for virtualized storage that is comparable to physically isolated

storage arrays.

Secure Multi-Tenancy

Lesson 3

NetApp Confidential 25

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 123: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SECURE MULTI-TENANCY

The term “tenant” refers to an organizational unit within a shared infrastructure that is used to group objects

or entities with common requirements and administrative isolation.

“Multi-tenancy” refers to the ability of a computing, network, or storage infrastructure to support multiple

simultaneous users. These users, referred to as tenants, might actually be customers, business units,

departments within an organization, or individual applications.

Secure multi-tenancy (abbreviated as SMT) is the use of secure virtual partitions within a shared physical

storage environment for the purpose of sharing the physical environment among multiple distinct tenants. For

instance, a storage service provider might configure a storage array in such a way that each of three different

customers is provisioned a certain portion of the array’s disk capacity and network resources. In a secure

multi-tenant environment, each customer has access only to the resources that are explicitly provisioned to

that customer. The customer would not have access to other customers’ data or even be aware of the existence

of the other customers or the fact that they share a common physical array. Secure multi-tenant environments

should also provide a means to ensure that no single tenant consumes so much of the shared performance

capability as to affect the other tenants.

Secure Multi-Tenancy

Secure virtual partitions within a shared physical storage environment

Storage Software Platform

Tenants

Applications

Customers

Departments

Business Units

NetApp Confidential 26

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 124: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

BENEFITS OF SECURE MULTI-TENANCY

Traditionally, storage consumers who wanted to securely store their data purchased and deployed one or more

physical storage arrays. The physical size of the array could vary based on the needs for capacity and

throughput, but typically, an entire array was needed to provide the secure data and performance isolation that

was required.

Traditional siloed models are inefficient. Deploying separate physical hardware stacks for each independent

workload is costly and time consuming. Typically, low resource-utilization rates in these siloed environments

translate directly to wasted resources. In contrast, multi-tenant environments enjoy a variety of benefits,

including reduced cost, improved resource utilization, and secure isolation, and faster deployment time.

Dedicating a secure logical storage partition per tenant allows for economies of scale and is more cost

effective than dedicated hardware.

Sharing physical hardware increases resource utilization rates and eliminates the need to overprovision

individual workloads in order to account for workload variability.

Secure multi-tenancy enables businesses to consolidate tenants onto shared resources, while being assured

that tenants will not have access to resources that are not explicitly assigned to them. Tenants that share the

same physical hardware can operate independently and with the expectation that no single tenant will

consume resources unfairly. For example, production can run on the same system as development and testing

without the risk that development and testing will affect production workloads.

Logical partitions can be created in a fraction of the time required to rack, cable, install, and configure a

separate physical array.

Benefits of Secure Multi-Tenancy

Reduced cost

Faster deployment timeImproved resource utilization

Secure isolation

NetApp Confidential 27

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 125: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SECURE MULTI-TENANCY SOLUTION: JOINT SOLUTION WITH BEST -IN- CLASS TECHNOLOGY

NetApp, Cisco, and VMware built the industry’s first end-to-end secure multi-tenancy solution. The result of

this initiative is an end-to-end solution that integrates all of the technology elements needed for a secure cloud

infrastructure. With secure isolation of server, network, and storage resources, customers can move with

confidence from the traditional approach of application silos to the fully virtualized and service-oriented

approach.

The individual components from each vendor represent best-in-class technology. More importantly, each

technology layer has been integrated to provide secure isolation and a consistent level of QoS while

maintaining all of the scalability and flexibility that each layer offers independently.

NetApp Secure Multi-Tenancy SolutionJoint Solution with Best-in-Class Technology

HR BU APP

VMware VMware VMware Securely isolate shared virtual server, network, and storage resources

Ensure consistent QoS at each layer

Manage each resource pool independently as a dynamic IT asset

Reduce risk and cost while boosting IT agility

NetApp Confidential 28

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 126: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SECURE MULTI-TENANCY IN CLUSTERED DATA ONTAP

Clustered Data ONTAP is an inherently multi-tenant storage operating system that offers secure multi-

tenancy as a built-in feature with no license required. The architecture of clustered Data ONTAP ensures that

all data is accessed through secure virtual storage partitions. A single partition can represent the resources of

the entire cluster, or multiple partitions can be assigned to specific subsets of cluster resources. These secure

virtual storage partitions are known as storage virtual machines, abbreviated as SVMs.

Note that secure multi-tenancy is available for Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode through a MultiStore

license.

Secure Multi-Tenancy in Clustered Data

ONTAP

SVM SVM SVM

Tenant ASales

CRM

VDI

SQL

ERP

Tenant BHR

CRM

VDI

SQL

ERP

Tenant CEngineering

CRM

VDI

SQL

ERP

Clustered Data ONTAP

NetApp Confidential 29

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 127: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE VIRTUAL MACHINES

Clustered Data ONTAP 8 and later provides multi-tenancy at the storage layer by isolating storage entities,

such as logical interfaces, LUNs, and volumes within an SVM.

An SVM is a secure, virtualized storage container that includes its own administration security, IP addresses,

and namespace. An SVM can include volumes that reside on any node in the cluster. Clustered Data ONTAP

supports from one to hundreds of SVMs in a single cluster.

Each SVM enables one or more SAN and NAS access protocols and contains at least one volume and at least

one logical interface. Logical interfaces present either an IP address (which is used by NAS clients and iSCSI

hosts) or a WWN (for FC and FCoE access). Each logical interface is mapped to a home port on a network

interface card or a host bus adapter. Logical interfaces virtualize network interface card ports and host bus

adapter ports. Each SVM requires its own dedicated set of logical interfaces, and up to 128 logical interfaces

can be defined on any cluster node. Because each SVM operates in its own namespace, each tenant that is

mapped to an SVM is completely isolated. The administration of an SVM can also be delegated, if desired, so

that separate administrators can be responsible for provisioning volumes and other SVM-specific operations.

This capability is particularly valuable in multi-tenant environments.

Storage Virtual Machines

NetApp Confidential 30

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 128: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SECURE MULTI-TENANCY USE CASES

Discuss these four primary secure multi-tenancy use cases with your customers: consolidation of file services,

application hosting, data mobility, data protection and disaster recovery.

This table shows that each of these use cases is associated with a clear business benefit.

Use Case Business BenefitConsolidation of file services

Two or more groups can share one physical resource but maintain control over security and access to data, for a smaller footprint and less power used.

Application hosting

You can host application data across a common storage infrastructure with defined service levels, which enables a shared services provider model: Active Server Page (ASP) and Software Subscription Plan (SSP).

Data mobility You can move data between physical storage systems without complex reconfiguration.

Data protection and disaster recovery

You can easily replicate between sites and enable fast, reliable recovery.

Secure Multi-Tenancy Use Cases

NetApp Confidential 31

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 129: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to determine the pain points that are addressed

by each Data ONTAP value-added technology and explain the benefits of each Data ONTAP value-added

technology. You should also be able to describe the features and functionality of each Data ONTAP value-

added technology and state their use cases.

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Describe the pain points that each Data ONTAP

value-added technology addresses Explain the benefits of each Data ONTAP value-

added technology Describe the technical features and functionality of

each Data ONTAP value-added technology State the use cases for each Data ONTAP value-

added technology

NetApp Confidential 32

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 130: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 3: Shared Storage Infrastructure: Value-Added Technologies

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 33

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 131: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. Which NetApp technology improves storage efficiency by finding identical blocks of data and replacing them with references to a single shared block?

NetApp Confidential 34

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 132: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. Which NetApp technology reduces the physical capacity that is required to store data on a FlexVol volume by compressing data blocks?

NetApp Confidential 35

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 133: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #3

Knowledge Check: Question #3

3. Which NetApp technology clones files and LUNs that are present in a Snapshot copy?

NetApp Confidential 36

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 134: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-37 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #4

Knowledge Check: Question #4

4. Which NetApp technology can be combined with deduplication of primary storage to reduce the duration of boot storms in a virtual infrastructure?

NetApp Confidential 37

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 135: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-38 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #5

Knowledge Check: Question #5

5. Which NetApp technology offers persistent cached data access during controller takeover?

NetApp Confidential 38

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 136: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-39 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #6

Knowledge Check: Question #6

6. In a clustered Data ONTAP operating system, which feature enables administrators to set throughput limits on a particular tenant or application?

NetApp Confidential 39

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 137: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

3-40 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Value-Added Technologies

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #7

Knowledge Check: Question #7

7. In clustered Data ONTAP, which feature ensures that customers, business units, departments, and individual applicationswithin a shared infrastructure are securely isolated so they can operate independently with the expectation that no user will consume resources unfairly?

NetApp Confidential 40

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 138: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 4: DATA ONTAP IN THE DATA CENTER

Welcome to Data ONTAP in the Data Center. This module introduces you to the features of Data ONTAP

storage protocols. In this module, you review key data protection and data recovery solutions, including

customer challenges and problems solved, as well as the technical features of SnapVault, SnapLock,

SnapMirror, and MetroCluster software.

Data ONTAP in the Data Center

Module 4

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 139: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Describe the features and functions of the FAS hardware

family Describe the technical features of Data ONTAP data

protection and disaster recovery products such as SnapVault and SnapMirror

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 140: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED STORAGE ARCHITECTURE

This module focuses on the features of the protocols layer of the Data ONTAP Unified Storage Architecture.

Unified Storage Architecture

3

FAS

Local Disk Third-Party Disk

Protocols

Data Management

Data Layout

Data ONTAPStorage Services

Storage Hardware

OSApp

OSApp

OSApp

VM1 VM2

Hyper-visor Hosts

Network

V-SeriesV-Series

Remote

FAS

LocalDisk

3rd Party Disk

Protocols

Data Management

Data Layout

V-Series

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 141: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NAS AND SAN DATA PROTECTION TECHNOLOGIES

The protocols layer provides connectivity from the storage system to the rest of the data center, including

other storage systems, local and remote. Data ONTAP Unified Storage Architecture supports NAS and SAN

in the same system. Formerly isolated datasets can be protected by using the same processes and technologies

for backup, archiving, disaster recovery, and compliance. All data access protocols can use the features of the

data management and data layout layers.

4

NAS and SAN: Data Protection

Technologies

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 142: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: NAS, SAN AND HARDWARE

In this lesson, you learn to identify the features of the core Data ONTAP protocols and to describe Unified

Storage Architecture and the FAS and V-Series platforms.

NAS, SAN, and Hardware

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 5

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 143: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NAS

Two different methods are used to access dedicated storage systems: NAS and SAN. NAS devices are file-

storage devices (such as Data ONTAP FAS or V-Series systems) that can be accessed through a network, so

multiple users can share files. Even if a server is down, users can access data in NAS devices. Data ONTAP

systems are easy to manage, easy to deploy and expand, and ideal for businesses with lots of file servers and

archived data. CIFs and NFS protocols access NAS data in individual files. NAS also supports a combination

of both protocols, which enables file sharing across Windows, Linux, and UNIX environments.

NAS

NAS devices are file-storage devices that are accessed through a network so that multiple users can share files.

NAS data is accessed by file. With NAS, customers use CIFS, NFS, or a combination of both

to access files (multiprotocol).

6

NAS (File)

iSCSI

SAN (Block)

FC DedicatedEthernet

EnterpriseNAS

Departmental

Data ONTAPFAS

EnterpriseSAN

Departmental

CorporateLAN

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 144: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SAN

A SAN transfers data between computer systems and storage devices by using the same SCSI protocol that a

local disk would use. SAN data is accessed at the block level and presented in the form of a LUN, which

appears to the operating system as a direct-attached drive. With SAN, the SCSI protocol can move large

blocks of data from one place to another by using FC, FC over Ethernet, or iSCSI as its transport. A use case

would be a server application accessing its data, such as large databases or email applications.

SAN

A SAN uses peripheral channels such as the SCSI and FC protocols to transfer data between computer systems and storage devices.

SAN data is accessed at the block level. With SAN, customers use FC, FC over Ethernet (FCoE), or iSCSI to

access files.

7

NAS (File)

iSCSI

SAN (Block)

FC DedicatedEthernet

EnterpriseNAS

Departmental

Data ONTAPFAS

EnterpriseSAN

Departmental

CorporateLAN

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 145: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED STORAGE ARCHITECTURE

The Data ONTAP operating system is the number one storage operating system in the world and is highly

optimized, scalable, and flexible. Data ONTAP supports multiple protocols on a single storage array and

provides a common pool of storage across virtual and physical servers. It unifies storage infrastructures,

including mixed-vendor storage arrays and meets demanding performance requirements. Data ONTAP also

enables customers to manage storage from an application point of view, and thus delegate and automate tasks.

Data ONTAP delivers a unified set of tools and a unified set of processes. Your customers can use one

method to recover from disasters, and perform backups, provisioning, management, and maintenance, and use

advanced functionality such as deduplication, compression, thin provisioning, and more. Reducing

complexity through unified processes translates directly to reducing cost. No other vendor offers these

features on a single platform.

Unified Storage Architecture

A single set of tools and processes, which customers can learn once and run everywhere

Integrated data management Integrated data protection

8NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 146: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE FAS PLATFORM FAMILY

The primary Data ONTAP product line of FAS controllers includes economical midsized business systems

and distributed enterprise storage systems. Each group of systems offers the same functionality. The groups

differ mostly in CPU power, extensibility (that is, the number of Peripheral Component Interconnect slots),

memory, and storage capacity. As a whole, the FAS product line addresses practically every storage

requirement that your customers demand. For remote sites, your customers can use Data ONTAP Edge to

extend the reach of Data ONTAP functionality by operating as a single-node cluster and mirror to a clustered

environment.

Consult Data ONTAP documentation for current hardware offerings.

The FAS Platform Family

9

1,920 TB480 Drives

1.6 TB VST Flash

FAS/V3220

5,760 TB1,440 Drives

18 TB VST Flash

FAS/V6250

5,760TB1,440 Drives

24TB VST Flash

FAS/V6290

2,880 TB720 Drives

4 TB VST Flash

FAS/V3250

4,800 TB1,200 Drives

12 TB VST Flash

FAS/V6220

576 TB144 Drives

800 GB VST Flash

FAS2240

240 TB60 Drives800 GB

VST Flash

FAS2220

FAS8020 FAS8040 FAS8060

1,920 TB480 Drives

6 TB VST Flash

2,880 TB720 Drives

12 TB VST Flash

4,800 TB1200 Drives

18 TB VST Flash

Scale

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 147: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE MEDIA OPTIONS: SATA AND SAS

Data ONTAP ships SATA disks, SAS disks, and solid-state drives (abbreviated as SSDs). SATA disks are

inexpensive and widely available but are slower than SAS disks. The target markets for SATA disks are

secondary storage and primary applications that are not latency sensitive, such as home directory

environments and read-only warehouses. In environments where latency is a critical factor, such as most

production environments, SATA is not effective unless performance acceleration technologies, such as Data

ONTAP Flash Cache or Flash Pool are added. SAS disks provide higher performance than SATA disks and

they now out-perform FC disks.

Storage Media Options: SATA and SAS

SATA SAS SSD (solid-state drive)

10NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 148: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DISK SHELF OPTIONS

NetApp offers multiple SAS, SATA, and SSD storage enclosures for Data ONTAP systems. In the disk shelf

nomenclature, DS stands for disk shelf, 4 stands for a 4U form factor, 24 stands for 24 disks, and 3 stands for

3-gigabit per second I/O modules. Therefore, the DS4243 shelf has a 4U form factor and can house up to 24

disks in 3.5-inch carriers.

The DS4243 supports the most disk options, including high-performance 15K SAS drives.

The DS4246 is the ideal choice for Flash Pool environments because it supports large SATA disks and fast

SSDs.

The high-density DS4486 is ideally suited for archive and backup environments and supports only SATA

disks. The DS2246 shelf is a 2U SAS-based enclosure that can house up to 24 small form-factor disks. This

shelf represents the highest IOPS density of spinning disks that Data ONTAP offers. Normally, a single disk

shelf contains only a single-disk technology. However, high-performance environments that use Flash Pool

technology might combine SSDs with another disk technology within the same shelf. All SAS-connected

shelves have fully redundant multipath high availability and alternate control path for out-of-band

management. With best practice configuration, all SAS-connected shelves have eight active channels,

yielding 24 gigabits per second total available bandwidth for the DS4243 and 48 gigabits per second for the

DS4246, DS4486, and DS2246 shelves.

Disk Shelf Options

11NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 149: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CLUSTERED DATA ONTAP

The controllers and disk shelves come together to build storage systems. The clustered Data ONTAP

operating system is most commonly implemented in high-availability pairs, which are two identical

controllers that function as failover partners. The two controllers mirror the contents of NVRAM to each other

so that if one controller experiences a failure, the second controller takes ownership of its disks and continues

production. This basic configuration is the same for V-Series platforms that access third-party storage instead

of Data ONTAP disk shelves. The controllers of a high-availability pair are managed and accessed as two

storage systems. Clustered Data ONTAP can be deployed as a single controller, although this configuration is

common only for archival systems that do not store any production data.

Clustered Data ONTAP enables an agile data infrastructure by extending the pairing of controllers across a

cluster network. This private network enables multiple pairs of controllers to participate in a single, large,

clustered system. Clustered Data ONTAP is managed and accessed as a single, scalable system, which

enables data access to any data through any controller that is known as a node. The disk shelves are cabled

two by two in storage failover pairs that mirror their NVRAM.

Notice that storage shelves have redundant connectivity to both controllers in a Storage Failover Pair. This

feature is known as Multipath High Availability (MPHA) and is required for all implementations.

Clustered Data ONTAP

12NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 150: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

V-SERIES SYSTEMS

V-Series systems, which match distributed enterprise systems, address the challenges of heterogeneous

customer environments. The systems provide a single data management architecture that a customer can use

to manage an entire environment. V-Series open storage controllers act as a front end for existing customer

storage assets, enabling customers to obtain the benefits of NetApp systems across their environments. V-

Series systems also help customers maintain their investments in equipment from vendors such as IBM, HDS,

HP, and EMC by providing Data ONTAP features to third-party vendors. With V-Series systems, your

customers can build on their current storage investments as they expand their capabilities. Clustered Data

ONTAP supports FAS and V-Series in the same cluster.

V-Series Systems

13NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 151: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLEX ARRAY STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION SOFTWARE

Flex Array Storage Virtualization software on FAS8000 provides a single data management architecture that

a customer can use to manage an entire environment.

Available as a customer configurable offering, when it is enabled it acts as a front end for your customer’s

existing storage assets, enabling customers to obtain the benefits of Data ONTAP systems across their

environments. Flex Array Storage Virtualization software on the FAS8000 helps your customers maintain

their investment in equipment such as E-Series systems or systems from third-party vendors, such as EMC

and HDS. With FAS8000, your customers can build on their current storage investment as they expand their

capabilities.

Refer to the Interoperability Matrix Tool for more information on the FAS8000 offering.

Flex Array Storage Virtualization Software

Next generation of the V-Series platform: Enabled from clustered Data ONTAP Available on all FAS8000 systems Supports E-Series systems Supports third-party vendors

14NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 152: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: DATA ONTAP FOR DATA PROTECTION AND DISASTER RECOVERY

This lesson describes Data ONTAP technologies for data protection and disaster recovery.

Data ONTAP Data Protection and Disaster Recovery

Lesson 2

NetApp Confidential 15

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 153: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INTEGRATED DATA PROTECTION PRODUCTS

Data ONTAP offers a complete portfolio of data-protection solutions, which start with Snapshot copies for

local backups, SnapVault (available in Data ONTAP 7-Mode) offers replication for operational backups,

asynchronous SnapMirror and synchronous SnapMirror for disaster recovery, and MetroCluster (available in

Data ONTAP 7-Mode) for continuous availability. SnapLock, for compliance backups, can be applied

anywhere along the data-protection stack. Data ONTAP software can use its advanced SMTape protocol or

the open NDMP protocol to write data to tape media.

When considering the overall data protection portfolio, it is worth noting when to use Synchronous

SnapMirror versus MetroCluster. The difference is in the administrative overhead. MetroCluster can be

deployed within a campus or between sites up to 100 kilometers apart to protect against single-component

failures automatically, and can handle automated site failover. SnapMirror can protect against regional

failures by moving production to the disaster recovery site with a very small outage window. SnapMirror

solutions require a failover procedure.

Integrated Data Protection Products

16NetApp Confidential

DisasterRecovery

OperationalBackup

LocalBackup

Availability

ContinuousAvailability Compliance Offline

SnapshotCopies

SnapVaultSoftware

SnapMirrorAsync

MetroClusterSoftware *

SnapLock Software*

ND

MP (D

ump and SM

Tape)

Data Protection Functionality

* Only available in Data ONTAP 7-Mode

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 154: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPVAULT SOFTWARE

SnapVault Software

NetApp Confidential 17

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 155: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WHAT IS SNAPVAULT SOFTWARE?

SnapVault software is the clustered Data ONTAP backup, recovery, and archive solution for heterogeneous

storage environments. SnapVault software performs disk-to-disk backup and recovery and is usually

implemented with a secondary system that takes advantage of high-density SATA. SnapVault software is

based on Snapshot copy replication. It addresses the customer challenges that are associated with tape.

Because SnapVault software transfers only Snapshot changes that occur at the block level, it reduces traffic

across the network during data transfer and reduces the impact of backup operations on production systems.

Because less data is transferred to carry out a full backup, companies with SnapVault software can perform

backups more frequently and use less backup media, resulting in storage and bandwidth savings.

SnapVault software can be used for native clustered Data ONTAP to native clustered Data ONTAP

environments and in an open systems environment (Open Systems SnapVault) where a Windows, Linux, or

UNIX system is backed up to a clustered Data ONTAP system. SnapVault copies are read-only copies; data

becomes writeable only after it is restored.

With SnapVault, you can configure asymmetric Snapshot retention on primary and secondary volumes. The

typical use case for SnapVault is that you want to keep backups for a short period of time (maybe only a

week) on your primary system, but you want to keep backups on your secondary for a long period of time

(possibly several years).

What Is SnapVault Software?

A backup, recovery, and archive solution Performs disk-to-disk backup on SATA Is based on Snapshot copy replication Provides storage and bandwidth savings Provides asymmetric Snapshot retention

18

SnapVault

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 156: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPVAULT SOLUTION: RELIABLE BACKUPS AND SIMPLE RESTORES

Tape is a volatile medium that is easy to damage. And to determine whether a backup tape is good, you must

read the whole backup tape (and hope that the tape is readable). SnapVault software efficiently saves the

backup as a file system that can be read, written to, mounted, and browsed. You can view the SnapVault file

structure and see the data that has been backed up.

Assume that you need to restore data the night before your full (weekly) backup is to be performed. With a

traditional solution, you must apply seven incremental (nightly) backups. With the SnapVault solution, each

incremental backup is full (because all previously backed up blocks are active and accessible), so you can use

a one-step process, rather than a multiple-step process, to restore the data.

The end-user browse-and-restore feature enables NFS and CIFS end users to mount their backups and copy

and paste backed up files to their own systems.

SnapVault transfer and scheduling mechanisms simplify management. Every primary volume has a Snapshot

policy assigned to it to specify which Snapshot copies to create and when to create them. Customers can

assign a SnapMirror label to the Snapshot copy that is created. SnapVault looks for Snapshot copies with

specified SnapMirror labels to transfer to the SnapVault relationship.

SnapVault software has a read-only destination. Customers who need disaster-recovery capabilities can create

a FlexClone volume of the Snapshot copy on the SnapVault destination to gain read and write access to the

data.

SnapVault software can be managed and monitored by OnCommand Unified Manager.

SnapVault SolutionReliable Backups and Simple Restores

Fast, efficient backupsBlock-level increments forever

Reliable restore– End-user “browse and restore” for specific data

– Full-volume restore Simplified management

– Policy-based selective transfer of Snapshot copies– Integrated into OnCommand Unified Manager

Usable replicasRead-only destinations or read-write, instantaneous, space-efficient FlexClone volumes

19NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 157: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPMIRROR SOFTWARE

SnapMirror Software

NetApp Confidential 20

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 158: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WHAT IS SNAPMIRROR SOFTWARE?

SnapMirror is the flagship replication software for disaster recovery. Data ONTAP uses SnapMirror software

to enable disaster recovery relationships between all five of the major Data ONTAP sites throughout the

world. The technology replicates a file system on a clustered Data ONTAP system to a writeable copy on

another Data ONTAP system. Replication can be either within the same cluster (intercluster) or another

cluster (intracluster).

Typically, SnapMirror software is only supported between systems operating in the same mode. But during a

project involving transition from a 7-Mode system to a clustered Data ONTAP system, SnapMirror is used for

migration of NAS data. However, regular SnapMirror relationships for disaster recovery that are reversible

and resyncable cannot be created between systems operating in 7-Mode and clustered Data ONTAP.

File systems are replicated by volume. Because SnapMirror software is based on Snapshot technology, only

changed blocks are moved after the initial baseline replication. SnapMirror software transfers data

asynchronously over IP or FC. Customers can configure one source to replicate to many destinations or many

sources to replicate to one destination. SnapMirror technology can cascade replication with only one

SnapVault relationship in the cascade.

When a disaster occurs and production moves, changes accumulate at the disaster recovery site. You must be

able to move these changes back to the production site. SnapMirror software makes this resynchronization

process easy. SnapMirror software addresses the customer challenges associated with recovery time

objectives, recovery point objectives, distance between sites, and costs, including acquisition, operational, and

infrastructure costs.

SnapMirror software addresses those customers looking for both a business continuity and disaster recovery

solution.

What Is SnapMirror Software?

SnapMirror software replicates a file system on a clustered Data ONTAP system to a writeable copy on another Data ONTAP system.Replication can be:– Intercluster or intracluster– Clustered Data ONTAP to clustered Data ONTAP– Data ONTAP 7-Mode to Clustered Data ONTAP

(transition projects only)

SnapMirror software addresses the customer challenges that are associated with:– Recovery time objectives (RTOs)– Recovery point objectives (RPOs)– Distance between sites– Costs (acquisition, operational, and infrastructure

costs)

Addresses customers looking for both a business continuity and disaster recovery solution

21NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 159: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DISASTER RECOVERY FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF VIRTUAL ENVIRONMENTS

Customers can benefit from SnapMirror software with a variety of virtual environments, including VMware,

Microsoft Hyper-V, and Citrix XenServer environments. For example, SnapMirror with VMware Site

Recovery Manager provides rapid, reliable, affordable, and automated recovery from site disasters. Using

SnapMirror software, customers can achieve high levels of availability through instantaneous recovery and

access of data through failover virtual machines at a secondary site.

Disaster Recovery for Different Types of

Virtual Environments

VMware: including integration with VMware Site Recovery Manager (SRM), which enables automated SVM failover

Microsoft Hyper-V Citrix XenServer

22

Primary Data Center Disaster Recovery Site

VM1 VM2 VM3 VM1 VM2 VM3

Virtual Storage Partition

Data

Data

Data

Virtual Storage Partition

Data

Data

Data

SnapMirror

SiteFailure

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 160: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE EFFICIENCY AND REPLICATION ACROSS PARTITIONS

SnapMirror software includes built-in network-compression capability to help reduce network bandwidth

utilization. Data transfers are accelerated to free the network for other uses. Because customers can replicate

more often, they can achieve lower RPOs at no additional hardware cost, no additional license cost, and with

no extra devices to manage. In lab testing, SnapMirror software has reduced bandwidth utilization by 72

percent for Oracle data, 63 percent for home directory data, and 53 percent for Exchange data.

Storage Efficiency and Replication

Across Partitions

Storage efficiency:– Up to 90% less primary

and disaster-recovery storage

– Up to 70% less network utilization

Design focused on shared architectures: secure multi-tenancy across virtual storage partitions

23

Primary Data Center Disaster Recovery Site

VM1 VM2 VM3 VM1 VM2 VM3

Virtual Storage Partition

Data

Data

Data

Virtual Storage Partition

Data

Data

Data

SnapMirror

SiteFailure

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 161: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPMIRROR STORAGE EFFICIENCY TECHNOLOGIES

Volume SnapMirror technology supports deduplication and compression. Because the technology operates at

the physical block level, when deduplication and compression enabled on the source, the data that is sent for

replication is also deduplicated and compressed, so savings are inherited at the destination. Deduplication and

compression on the source can significantly reduce the amount of network bandwidth required during

replication.

SnapMirror Storage-Efficiency

Technologies

Minimizes network bandwidth consumption Is configurable per SnapMirror relationship Uses the industry standard gzip algorithm Provides a compression ratio that depends on the data set type

(reported in the snapmirror status -l output)

24

Asynchronous SnapMirror

Compressed data across the wire

Read Write

Network TrafficUncompressed

Network TrafficCompressed

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 162: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPVAULT AND SNAPMIRROR SOFTWARE COMPARISON

Clustered Data ONTAP SnapMirror and SnapVault are both flexible, volume-level replication technologies.

Both preserve storage efficiency, can be used inside a cluster or across a cluster, and are asynchronous. Some

of the differences are:

SnapMirror destination volumes can be converted to writable volumes and into production systems.

SnapMirror source and destination volumes can be resynchronized in reverse direction. Reverse

resynchronization requires that both volumes have a common SnapMirror Snapshot copy.

SnapVault has a read-only destination. Customers who need disaster recovery capabilities can create a

FlexClone volume of the Snapshot copy on the SnapVault destination to gain read and write access to the

data.

With SnapVault, NFS and CIFS end users have browse and restore capability to mount backups and restore

files. Finally, SnapVault selectively mirrors Snapshot copies by using policy-based copies to the secondary

destination.

Why would your customer use SnapVault instead of SnapMirror?

SnapVault enables asymmetric Snapshot retention on both primary and secondary volumes for backups.

However, if your customer is looking for a disaster recovery solution, SnapMirror will be part of that solution.

SnapVault and SnapMirror Software

Comparison

SnapMirror– Destination can be converted to a writable production

system– Source and destination can be reversed– Mirrors all Snapshot copies

SnapVault– Destination is read-only – End-user browse and restore for specific data– Selectively mirrors Snapshot copies based on policies

25NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 163: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

METROCLUSTER SOFTWARE

MetroCluster Software

NetApp Confidential 26

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 164: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STRETCH METROCLUSTER CAMPUS DISTANCES

MetroCluster is available in two configurations: Stretch MetroCluster and Fabric MetroCluster. A Stretch

MetroCluster configuration supports up to 500 meters of total cable length between controllers. Notice in the

diagram the common configuration option of one volume in production at Site A and another in production at

Site B. Both volumes are mirrored to their partner site.

Stretch MetroCluster Campus Distances

27NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 165: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FABRIC-ATTACHED METROCLUSTER METROPOLITAN-AREA DISTANCES

Functionally, a switched MetroCluster environment is identical to a nonswitched environment. However,

switched MetroCluster environments work at greater distances. Here is an example of the long-distance

version. The cluster interconnect, the NVRAM mirroring, the heartbeat, and the disk mirroring go over dark

fiber. As with standard clusters, volume X in production at one location is mirrored over to X prime at the

other, and volume Y in production at the other location is mirrored over to Y prime at the first location. The

mirroring of data can go in both directions, and this is a frequent configuration. Brocade switches must be

used to achieve greater distances.

NOTE: MetroCluster distances vary by version. Consult the MetroCluster documentation for a list of

supported distances.

Fabric-Attached MetroCluster

Metropolitan-Area Distances

28NetApp Confidential

Up to 100 km *

* Distance varies by Data ONTAP release

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 166: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Describe the features and functions of the FAS hardware family Describe the technical features of Data ONTAP data protection

and disaster recovery products such as SnapVault and SnapMirror

29NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 167: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 4: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 30

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 168: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. Which two statements best describe SnapVault software? (Choose two.)a. A clustered Data ONTAP data protection solution for

heterogeneous environments that performs disk-to-disk backup and recovery

b. Nonerasable, nonrewritable (WORM) storage of data to magnetic disks that, based on the license, provides either “strict” (regulatory-compliant) or “flexible” (administrator-managed) control

c. A clustered Data ONTAP data protection solution that enables end-user browse and restore for specific data

d. A clustered Data ONTAP solution that eliminates the need for change management by automatically mirroring changes to user, configuration, and application data

31NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 169: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. Which statement best describes SnapVault storage-efficiency support? (Choose one.)a. If deduplication and compression are enabled on

the primary system, the data stored on the SnapVault secondary will be deduplicated and compressed

b. If deduplication and compression are enabled on the primary system, the data stored on the SnapVault secondary must be deduplicated and compressed explicitly

32NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 170: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #3

Knowledge Check: Question #3

3. Which three statements best describe SnapMirror software? (Choose three.)a. Replicates a file system on a clustered Data ONTAP

system to a writeable copy on another clustered Data ONTAP system

b. Provides both high-availability and disaster recovery in a single solution

c. Supports synchronous block-based replicationd. Is storage-efficiency awaree. Can automatically fail over just like the local active-

active controllerf. Is nonerasable, nonrewritable (WORM) storage of data

to magnetic disks

33NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 171: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #4

Knowledge Check: Question #4

4. What are the three characteristics of clustered Data ONTAP NAS systems? (Choose three.)a. Clustered Data ONTAP NAS systems support CIFS,

NFS, or a combination of both (multiprotocol)b. NAS systems support FC, FCoE, or iSCSI protocolsc. Clustered Data ONTAP NAS systems provide flexible

provisioning, reliable backups, and archivingd. NAS data is accessed at the file levele. NAS data is accessed at the block level

34NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 172: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NAS AND SAN DATA PROTECTION TECHNOLOGIES

Data ONTAP Unified Storage Architecture merges production and data protection with a common set of

processes and technologies. Datasets that are accessed over the NAS protocols (CIFS and NFS) and the SAN

protocols (iSCSI, FC, and FCoE) are brought together, using a common set of data protection technologies.

SnapLock software provides data permanence for regulatory or process compliance. SnapVault software

replicates data to another system for backup and archiving. SnapMirror software replicates data for disaster

recovery. All of this data can benefit from the efficiencies that are provided by the data management and data

layout layers.

NAS and SAN: Data Protection

Technologies

35NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 173: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

4-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP in the Data Center

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED STORAGE ARCHITECTURE

The data access and data protection features of the protocols layer bring the powerful features of the clustered

Data ONTAP data layout and data management layers to the hosts and applications of the data center.

Unified Storage Architecture

36

FAS

Local Disk Third- Party Disk

Protocols

Data Management

Data Layout

Data ONTAPStorage Services

Storage Hardware

OSApp

OSApp

OSApp

VM1 VM2

Hyper-visor Hosts

Network

V-SeriesV-Series

Remote

FAS

LocalDisk

3rd Party Disk

Protocols

Data Management

Data Layout

V-Series

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 174: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 5: DATA ONTAP SERVER AND APPLICATION INTEGRATION

In this course, you learn about NetApp products that integrate with partner server and application

technologies.

Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

Module 5

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 175: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Determine the customer challenges that can

be addressed by integrating NetApp technologies with partner technologies

Describe the technical features and functionality of each integration solution

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 176: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SHARED STORAGE ARCHITECTURE

This module looks at features and technologies of Data ONTAP that are integrated into the host layer of the

data center.

Shared Storage Architecture

3NetApp Confidential 3

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 177: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SOFTWARE FOR SERVER AND APPLICATION INTEGRATION

In this module, you learn about NetApp software that resides on external servers and communicates with Data

ONTAP. These software products allow the features and functionality of Data ONTAP to be tightly integrated

with host operating systems and applications. These products bring the control of Data ONTAP functionality

to the host and application administrators who need it.

Software for Server and

Application Integration

4NetApp Confidential 4

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 178: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: NETAPP SOLUTIONS FOR SERVER AND DESKTOP VIRTUALIZATION

NetApp solutions for server and desktop virtualization help your customers to create an organized, flexible,

and integrated server and storage virtualization environment. This module introduces you to the challenges

that customers face in virtualized environments, the NetApp solutions for these challenges, and the benefits of

these solutions.

NetApp Solutions for Server and Desktop Virtualization

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 5

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 179: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CUSTOMER CHALLENGES: STORAGE MANAGEMENT

Implementing and managing storage for Microsoft Windows workloads is challenging, and adding

virtualization to the mix continues to complicate the management of these IT infrastructures. Overworked IT

personnel must use an excessive number of management tools to manage scattered servers and applications.

Protecting data has become a time-consuming, unreliable, and labor-intensive activity. Backups are completed

less often than needed, and recovery is tedious. Often it is more important for the business to have the data

and storage available than to meet backup windows. Finding suitable and sufficiently long blocks of time in

which to complete backups is almost impossible. Virtualized Windows environments can lack scalability and

flexibility. Customers cannot quickly change or add services as the business requires. And application silos

require long deployment times and cannot scale to meet increasing business demands. Environments like

these cost your customers more money to maintain and are less productive.

Customer Challenges: Storage

Management

Management tools can be complex.

Protecting data is time consuming and complex.

Backups are not completed as needed.

Data recovery is tedious. Virtualized environments

lack scalability and flexibility.

NetApp Confidential 6

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 180: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

VIRTUALIZATION IN THE DATA CENTER

NetApp helps your customers to find success with our technology. With NetApp technology, your customers

have an organized, flexible, efficient, and protected IT environment that makes integrated server and storage

virtualization a reality. This flexibility enables your customers to manage their virtual infrastructures through

unique storage tools that integrate with the Microsoft virtual infrastructure and the efficiency to reduce the

amount of management that is required for the storage environment. Because NetApp technology reduces the

amount of data that is required for the storage environment, this goal is accomplished by integrating storage

tools, such as deduplication, to reduce the storage that is required by up to 50% and reduce the amount of

power and cooling that is required by up to 50%. Integrated data protection provides backup and recovery of

the virtual infrastructure through the use of NetApp Snapshot copies and SnapMirror software to replicate

deduplicated data to another site to provide protection in a site failure.

Virtualization in the Data Center

NetApp Confidential 7

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 181: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPMANAGER FOR HYPER-V: DATA PROTECTION AUTOMATION

SnapManager for Hyper-V provides an automated, application-consistent, policy-based backup that enables

virtual machine administrators to perform backup and recovery. Virtual machine administrators can identify

unprotected virtual machines and instantly create backups for Hyper-V environments by using the Volume

Shadow Copy Service framework to create Microsoft application-consistent backups. Other features include

live migration-aware support for cluster shared volumes, rapid virtual machine recovery, and the ability to

automatically trigger replication, prebackup scripts, and postbackup scripts, including through Windows

PowerShell.

SnapManager for Hyper-V:

Data Protection Automation

8NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 182: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE NETAPP VIRTUAL STORAGE CONSOLE

The NetApp Virtual Storage Console is an end-to-end storage-management solution for VMware

infrastructures. Administrators can use it to manage ESX and ESXi servers that are connected to NetApp

storage systems. With the Virtual Storage Console, an administrator can provision, clone, back up, and

recover virtual machines and datastores. The Virtual Storage Console is a plug-in to the VMware vCenter

Server. The Virtual Storage Console is also available for Citrix XenServer. The Virtual Storage Console

integrates two components to provide additional management capabilities. The first is provisioning and

cloning. The other is backup and recovery. The provisioning and cloning module uses NetApp FlexClone

technology to provide rapid storage provisioning, cloning, and redeployment services. The backup and

recovery module automates data-protection processes and provides comprehensive policy-based backup,

restore, and disaster recovery services.

The NetApp Virtual Storage Console

9NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 183: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INTEGRATED STORAGE MANAGEMENT

One of the challenges that administrators face is working with the multiple and often complex tools that are

required to manage their environments. With NetApp tools, management is completed with a "single pane of

glass.”

Tight integration of NetApp storage with Citrix StorageLink and XenDesktop enables administrators to

access and execute advanced storage functions directly from the XenDesktop console.

Because this integration empowers XenDesktop administrators to manage storage by using storage policies,

without having to coordinate with storage administrators, this integration streamlines storage administration.

Storage administrators set policy while desktop administrators can, within policy, use advanced storage

features such as backup, cloning, and resizing. Both administrators can complete these tasks from a familiar

management console.

Integrated Storage Management

Provisioning Backup Recovery Deduplication Cloning Disaster recovery

10NetApp Confidential 10

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 184: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP MANGES BOOT AND LOGIN STORMS

NetApp virtualization solutions manage boot and login storms, two real concerns with virtual environments

that do not have a shared storage pool. To address these peak loads, the data request first goes to disk, reads

data, and then populates Flash Cache with that data. Subsequent requests for that data are directed to and

retrieved from Flash Cache. Because data is read from Flash Cache high-speed media rather than slower,

spinning disks, users experience better performance. Flash Cache is a low-cost alternative to adding more disk

shelves or solid-state drives. By adding Flash Cache, your customer achieves better performance without

adding disks or another storage tier.

NetApp Manages Boot and Login Storms

Boot time decreases. Storage workload decreases. Performance increases.

11NetApp Confidential 11

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 185: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INTEGRATED BACKUP AND RECOVERY

Like the virtual server environment, NetApp solutions automate routine backup tasks and provide cost-

effective data retention and storage for compliance in virtual desktop environments. NetApp advanced storage

features enable users to recover and restore their desktop data and files on their own, without having to open a

help desk ticket and involve the storage administrator. The user data is usually kept in separate shares, but an

administrator can make the shares accessible to users with the right permissions.

Snapshot technology—in other words, point-in-time copy functionality—provides instantaneous copies of

desktop data that are used for fast, space-saving backups. There is no performance impact with Snapshot-

based backups, so you can use NetApp Snapshot copies more broadly than you can use traditional snapshots.

Because NetApp Snapshot copies consume little disk space, administrators can take regular full backups as

frequently as desired and quickly recover files and other user data. Because backups are space-efficient, these

backups can be maintained cost effectively for months or years, or you can migrate them to lower-cost disks

for long-term retention. These backups can be stored to comply with corporate policies or to meet regulatory

requirements and audits by safeguarding user data archives.

Integrated Backup and Recovery

Self-service recovery Space-efficient, point-in-time copy technology

12NetApp Confidential 12

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 186: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SOLVING THE VDI PERFORMANCE CHALLENGE

In this customer success story, a regional bank in the United States had significant challenges with boot

storms and login storms. The bank tried to address this situation by adding more disks, but the bank could not

achieve satisfactory performance. With a system that used more than 300 disks, a reboot of desktops required

four to five hours, and systems were unresponsive. Logins had to be staggered to avoid similar issues. This

issue put the whole Virtual Device Interface project at risk.

The bank decided to use NetApp technology to address its problem. Using a NetApp system that consisted of

only 56 disks and Flash Cache, the bank reduced boot times to 10 minutes, and the systems remained

responsive. Logins no longer had to be staggered and required only 4 seconds, instead of hours, to be

completed.

With NetApp technology, the bank achieved better performance at a lower cost.

Solving the VDI Performance Challenge

13NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 187: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SUPPORTED HYPERVISORS

The most current list of supported hypervisors can be viewed by using the Interoperability Matrix tool.

NetApp Confidential

Supported Hypervisors

14

Search the Interoperability Matrix Tool for the latest list of supported hypervisors.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 188: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: SNAPMANAGER MANAGEABILITY SOFTWARE

Database and server administrators face many challenges with the management of their IT environments.

With NetApp SnapManager software, database and server administrators can create fast, consistent backups

to NetApp storage, instantly restore those backups, and replicate to remote storage. In this module, you learn

about the features and benefits of this simple-to-use technology.

SnapManager Manageability Software

Lesson 2

NetApp Confidential 15

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 189: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPMANAGER SOFTWARE

Products such as SnapManager software empower application administrators to perform day-to-day tasks

such as protecting and provisioning data without depending on the storage administrator for regular requests.

The integrated data management approach automates the underlying storage management processes and

integrates them into the job responsibilities of the data administrators, application administrators, database

administrators, and systems and backup administrators to enable true data management.

SnapManager software is available for several application environments: SnapManager for Exchange Server,

SnapManager for SharePoint Server, SnapManager for SQL Server, SnapManager for Oracle, and

SnapManager for SAP.

SnapManager Software

16NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 190: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPMANAGER FEATRUES AND BENEFITS

Although there are different versions of SnapManager software, the features are the same. These features

include application-consistent disaster recovery, easy administration, reduced infrastructure cost, cloning for

testing and development, and simplified backup and recovery. Many of these features are used in conjunction

with other NetApp technologies.

Application-consistent disaster recovery: With SnapManager software, an administrator can recover

applications in a consistent state after a failover to the disaster recovery site. In addition, the disaster recovery

workflow is automated and enables your customers to implement testable, repeatable, and reliable disaster

recovery processes. The key technologies include, but are not limited to, SnapMirror and Snapshot copies.

For example, SnapManager for Exchange Server can perform full, consistent online backups of your

Exchange databases that require only incremental storage space, so the customer can store up to 255 online

copies of Exchange database backups per volume. SnapManager software also offers standards-based

(NDMP) integration with tape backup products. SnapManager software features "gapless backup," which

enables up-to-the-minute restore capability. SnapManager software guarantees that the log chain is preserved

to extend granular up-to-the-minute recoverability to all nodes.

SnapManager Features and Benefits

17NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 191: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

Cloning for testing and development: SnapManager software is integrated with NetApp FlexClone

software. With FlexClone software, fast, automated, and space-efficient clones are created. These clones are

ideal for testing and development environments. They provide complete isolation from the production

environment and can be used for the secondary or disaster recovery site and for testing, developing, and

reporting. Because these clones are based on Snapshot technology, there is little to no impact on capacity and

performance.

Easy administration: With SnapManager software, productivity is improved through streamlined processes

and the automation of common administrative tasks. The easy-to-use UI mimics the familiar look and

functions of Windows tools.

Simplified backup and restores: NetApp SnapManager with Snapshot and SnapRestore technology enables

the backup and restore of data in minutes. For most versions of SnapManager software, an administrator can

back up and restore the entire database or restore only specific files. Backups and restores are automated from

the primary and secondary storage sites.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 192: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPMANAGER FOR EXCHANGE SERVER: ARCHITECTURE

Across the various versions of SnapManager software, the server and application components vary, but the

NetApp components are consistent. Consider first the architecture of SnapManager for Exchange. In this

example, SnapManager software is hosted on the Exchange server. SnapManager software includes a wizard-

driven UI that mimics Windows tools. With this UI, administrators can provision storage without the help of

storage administrators.

Exchange administrators can easily back up their data in seconds by using Snapshot copies on the NetApp

storage system. SnapManager for Microsoft Exchange can perform backups during production without any

impact on email production. These backups are space-efficient and time-efficient because of they use NetApp

Snapshot technology.

When it is time to restore lost mailboxes or email messages, the same Snapshot copies are used to restore lost

data in a matter of minutes. When asked to locate information within a backup set, an Exchange administrator

can be placed under tremendous pressure to deliver a timely recovery. A request to find a specific piece of

information is often made, not because of hardware failure or data corruption, but because an email and its

attachments were deleted from a mailbox by mistake, and the information is needed now.

With the integration of Snapshot copies and SnapRestore software, this function can be completed in a matter

of minutes.

SnapManager for Exchange Server:

Architecture

18NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 193: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAP MANAGER SOFTWARE: THE NETAPP ADVANTAGE

SnapManager software enables IT organizations to consolidate storage, backup, and recovery effortlessly, to

create a cost-effective disaster recovery solution, and to create and manage clones for testing and

development applications. Each solution has specific benefits that position NetApp advantageously in the

market.

SnapManager Software: The NetApp

Advantage

19NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 194: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: DATA PROTECTION: SNAPPROTECT UNIFED BACKUP SOLTUION AND SNAP CREATOR FRAMEWORK SOFTWARE

Customers with data protection requirements for multiple applications and databases are challenged to meet

business requirements for deploying a complete data protection solution. NetApp has two solutions to address

this issue. Snap Creator Framework software integrates NetApp data protection technologies into a single

interface for multiple applications. SnapProtect management software provides a single management console

where your customers can create, catalog, and manage application-aware Snapshot copies across disk-to-disk-

to-tape processes. In this module, you learn the functionality and key features of both of these software

solutions and the benefits they bring to your customers.

Data Protection: SnapProtect Unified Backup Solution and Snap Creator Framework Software

Lesson 3

NetApp Confidential 20

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 195: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPPROTECT UNIFIED BACKUP SOLUTION

SnapProtect Unified Backup Solution

21NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 196: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPPROTECT UNIFED BACKUP SOLUTION

NetApp SnapProtect management software offers your customers an enterprise-class management solution for

backup and recovery for the data center.

The SnapProtect Unified Backup Solution simplifies and automates backup and recovery tasks. With

SnapProtect, your customer can now automate provisioning tasks for disk-to-disk operations. Single operation

recovery, regardless of the location, simplifies the data recovery process. SnapProtect incorporates proven

NetApp storage efficiency technologies. For example, your customers can create space efficient clones from

Snapshot® copies. SnapProtect supports many of the supported NetApp hosted applications such as Microsoft

Exchange and Oracle.

SnapProtect Unified Backup Solution

22

Simplified operations and automation Automated provisioning for disk-to-disk

operations Single operation recovery regardless of the

location Create space efficient clones from Snapshot

copies

Application awareness (IDA) Support for NetApp® hosted applications

– Microsoft® Exchange– Microsoft SQL Server®

– DB2 (UNIX® and Linux®)– Oracle® (UNIX and Linux)– SAP® on Oracle (UNIX and Linux)– Microsoft Active Directory®

– Microsoft SharePoint®

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 197: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPPROTECT SOLUTION OVERVIEW

Windows Servers, file servers, database servers, and virtualized servers all contain valuable data that requires

protection. The SnapProtect solution is an application-specific, indexed, data protection management solution

that provides central management for replication to Data ONTAP 7-Mode and clustered Data ONTAP storage

systems. SnapProtect encompasses end-to-end protection for disk-to-disk-to-tape-media replication.

The SnapProtect solution interoperates with OnCommand Unified Manager Version 5.2 for Data ONTAP

operating in 7-Mode and version 6.0 for clustered Data ONTAP to create application-consistent Snapshot

copies of NetApp primary storage.

The SnapProtect solution enables your customers to restore file and LUN data from Snapshot copies,

SnapVault replicas, or tape archives. To hasten search-and-recovery operations, SnapProtect catalogs all

backup copies, including local Snapshot copies, SnapMirror and SnapVault copies, and tape backup copies.

Because all backup copies are indexed and cataloged, your customers are able to restore a single file from

local Snapshot copies, secondary vault and mirror replications, and tape backups.

SnapProtect Solution Overview

NetApp Snapshot

copies

Thin Replication NetApp Storage

Efficiency

Tape Support

Unified granular restores from Snapshot copies, SnapVault backup copies, or tape

Centralized Management

Backup Catalog

MS / SQLSharePoint

VMware

Application Awareness

Exchange

Oracle DB2 SAPNAS FileServices

Files on NAS, host mount

LUNs, or VMDKs Hyper-V

Multi-Tiered Backup and Disaster Recovery

Tape Support

Thin Replication

OC 5.x

OC 6.x

Block-level transfer to

7-Mode SnapVault

target

Non-NetApp to NetApp for select hosts and apps

23NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 198: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SOLUTION OVERVIEW: HOW IT WORKS

The SnapProtect software manages Snapshot copies on NetApp primary storage and replication to secondary

and tertiary storage, as well as tape creation. Whether or not you are protecting NetApp application data, file

data for NAS, file data in LUNs, or data in virtualized environments, the SnapProtect solution provides the

management, the storage provisioning, the cataloging, and the granular recoverability required for seamless

operation. First, data accessed is quiesced and protected with Snapshot copies. Then, Snapshot copies and

clones are used to access data for indexing. OnCommand handles the provisioning of secondary storage,

using resource pools and provisioning policies for replication. Finally, disk-to-disk replication is completed

with SnapVault and/or SnapMirror. With SnapProtect, this data can be moved to tapes.

Solution Overview: How it Works

SnapProtect Server

Tape Library

Virtualization

SnapVault

SnapMirror

Indexing

Secondary StorageProvisioning

Tape CopyManagement

App-ConsistentSnapshot Copies

ReplicatedSnapshot

Copies

OnCommandServer

App Data

NAS Data45 days

24NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 199: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPPROTECT COMPETITIVE DIFFERENTIATORS

The SnapProtect solution accelerates backup and recovery without complicating your customer’s backup

process and reduces costs without increasing overhead on the production servers.

Point-to-point replication for disk-based backup eliminates the cost and bottlenecks of intermediary backup

servers. It also brings disaster recovery management into a joint solution, streamlining overall data-protection

workflows and processes. When combined with features like FlexClone software, other users can access the

backed up data for other purposes, such as development and testing.

SnapProtect uses a single, unified platform to minimize the complexity of management and support.

Virtualization and application awareness simplifies the process of protecting data and reducing downtime for

production operations. With SnapProtect, data restores can be performed nearly instantaneously without any

data movement on the network.

SnapProtect Competitive Differentiators

Integrates with NetApp Snapshot copies. Leverages NetApp storage efficiencies. Leverages and manages NetApp replication. Streamlines a NetApp environment with a

single unified platform. Integrates with applications and virtualization. Manages on-array (primary system) Snapshot

copies.

25NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 200: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAP CREATOR FRAMEWORK

Snap Creator Framework

26NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 201: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAP CREATOR FRAMEWORK

NetApp Snap Creator Framework is software that runs on the host to abstract storage operation from the

applications. Snap Creator abstracts the application-specific tasks into plug-ins, as shown on the top of this

diagram. From a storage perspective, regardless of the applications and hypervisors, data protection calls for

creating a Snapshot copy, using SnapMirror or SnapVault software to back up data to secondary storage, or

using FlexClone software to clone volumes for development and testing environments. What is unique is the

specific calls to quiesce the applications or the hypervisors. Because the interface to the storage is the same,

an enterprise can even write custom application plug-ins by following NetApp documentation.

Snap Creator Framework software supports a broad range of applications and hypervisors, and three

hypervisor plug-ins: VMware, which provides vCloud and VM backup; KVM; and Citrix XenServer. Snap

Creator Framework software also supports the nine applications shown here, including SnapManager for

Exchange and SnapManager for SQL. These are basic prepackaged plug-ins that are included as part of Snap

Creator Framework. It also has a wide set of community plug-ins, too numerous to list here.

Because Snap Creator is aware of the application and the hypervisors, it can provide application-aware VM or

vCloud backup from the same UI.

Snap Creator Framework

Snap Creator Framework

Application-aware VM and vCloud backup, restore, and cloning Modular and extensible for custom application protection Simple user experience: single pane of glass

27NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 202: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAP CREATOR COMMUNITY

For the latest information on Snap Creator, visit the Snap Creator Community, which is access at netapp.com.

Snap Creator Community

NetApp Confidential 28

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 203: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

POSITION BASED ON DATA PROTECTION WORKFLOWS

The positioning of NetApp backup and recovery solutions and partner integration is based on recovery and

retention time, as well as the breadth of use in the customer’s environment.

If the goal of your customer is local recovery for application and virtualization administrators, recommend the

SnapManager software family for the different applications supported (such as SnapManager for Exchange or

for Oracle). Similarly, if a virtualization-centric approach is needed, then SnapManager for Virtual

Infrastructure or Hyper-V would be an appropriate option. Snap Creator framework can extend SnapManager

functionality to applications for which there are not specific SnapManager products.

If the goal of your customer is backup management of their entire environment, recommend NetApp

SnapProtect. NetApp SnapProtect is a complete backup and recovery solution delivering disk-to-disk-to-tape

backup for long-term retention. It manages multiple applications, as well as multiple virtual infrastructures,

from a single pane of glass.

If the goal of your customer is integration with an existing backup infrastructure, then suggest that the

customer leverage their existing vendor’s integration with NetApp FAS storage to manage Snapshot copies.

Many customers have made an investment in backup and recovery software infrastructure and are looking for

a way to improve efficiency, performance, and availability.

Positioning Based on Data Protection

Workflows

29

SnapManager Snap Creator

Framework

Recovery for App/VI

Administrators

Backup Management

of Entire Environment

SnapProtect

Integration with Existing

Backup Infrastructure

Application protection and recovery

DR with tight RPO Production test/dev Short-term retention NetApp to NetApp

D2D2T backup Long-term retention Centralized management Catalog, tape Controller-based licensing NetApp to NetApp and third

party to NetApp for select platforms and applications

Modernize and accelerate backup with NetApp Snapshot™ copies

Any to NetApp

CommVault Symantec IBM Syncsort

Data Protection Admin

App/Sys/Storage Admins

Data Protection Admin

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 204: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Determine the customer challenges that can

be addressed by integrating NetApp technologies with partner technologies

Describe the technical features and functionality of each integration solution

30NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 205: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 5: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 31

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 206: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. What are some of the customer challenges that can be addressed by integrating NetApp technologies with partner technologies?

NetApp Confidential 32

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 207: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

5-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data ONTAP Server and Application Integration

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. What are some of the key benefits of SnapManager software?

NetApp Confidential 33

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 208: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 6: NETAPP MANAGEABILITY TOOLS

In this module, you learn how NetApp OnCommand manageability software addresses various challenges that

storage administrators face on a day-to-day basis. You also learn what the OnCommand management strategy

is and what products are in the OnCommand software suite.

NetApp Manageability Tools

Module 6

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 209: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: List the products in the OnCommand software

suite Describe the features and capabilities of each

product in the OnCommand manageability suite

Describe the features and capabilities of AutoSupport and My AutoSupport

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 210: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND MANAGEMENT PORTFOLIO

The NetApp OnCommand portfolio groups products into two functional areas: products for managing Data

ONTAP storage and products for managing multivendor storage.

OnCommand software unlocks the power of clustered Data ONTAP capabilities, such as nondisruptive

operations, massive scale, and on-demand flexibility. To set up and manage these capabilities, OnCommand

includes System Manager, Unified Manager, Workflow Automation, Performance Manager and Balance.

As data expands and IT budgets remain flat or decline, Insight manages multivendor solutions to help

customers manage data growth and optimize what they have.

OnCommand Management Portfolio

For multivendor storage: Insight

For Data ONTAP storage:– System Manager– Unified Manager– Workflow Automation– Performance

Manager– Balance

3NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 211: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP ONCOMMAND PORTFOLIO

The products of the NetApp OnCommand portfolio are designed to make NetApp storage the best solution for

physical, virtual, and cloud environments. When customers purchase a NetApp storage system, they need

tools to control the system.

To meet this need, NetApp provides OnCommand System Manager, a management tool that is included with

the purchase of every Data ONTAP storage system. System Manager provides simple, workflow-based

wizards to automate the most common device-management tasks for individual and clusters of Data ONTAP

systems.

As customers purchase additional storage systems, they need tools to monitor the availability, capacity, and

protection on their clustered Data ONTAP resources. OnCommand Unified Manager can provide a single

view of the Data ONTAP storage health.

Customers who want to automate processes can do so with OnCommand Workflow Automation. With built-

in best practices, administrators can automate storage tasks to deliver self-service and cloud services.

OnCommand Balance addresses performance issues across SVMs, physical servers, and Data ONTAP

storage.

NetApp OnCommand Portfolio

4

Product Name Product Description Licensing

System Manager Provides device-level management for individual controllers and clusters of Data ONTAP storage.

No cost

Unified Manager Monitors the availability, capacity, and protection of clustered Data ONTAP resources to provide a single view of Data ONTAP storage health.

No cost

Workflow

Automation

Automates storage tasks (such as commissioning, provisioning, decommissioning), and integrates with higher-level systems, such as orchestration, to deliver storage self-service and cloud services.

No cost

Performance

Manager

Provides performance monitoring and root-cause analysis of clustered Data ONTAP environments.

No cost

Balance Provides performance analytics across SVMs, physical servers, and Data ONTAP storage. Optimizes storage performance in highly virtualized environments .

Controller-based pricing

Insight Helps mid-to-large-scale enterprise customers improve performance, plan capacity, and assure storage services across their multivendor storage infrastructure.

Capacity-based pricing

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 212: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

And OnCommand Performance Manager provides performance monitoring and root-cause analysis of

clustered Data ONTAP environments.

For customers who want to gain cross-domain visibility of the entire IT infrastructure (physical, virtual, and

cloud), NetApp offers OnCommand Insight. OnCommand Insight discovers all your customer’s assets,

including NetApp E-Series systems, Data ONTAP systems, and third-party storage. It correlates usage to

applications and business entities to provide complete application-to-storage mapping. Insight is a powerful

tool for configuration and change management. When changes are not in line with policies, customers are

alerted to the violation or potential vulnerabilities and can perform root-cause analysis to quickly resolve

issues and minimize downtime. Insight consists of four integrated modules that are priced independently.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 213: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: MANAGING THE DATA ONTAP STORAGE INFRASTRUCTURE

In this lesson, you learn what challenges OnCommand software addresses. You also learn what products are

in the OnCommand software suite for managing Data ONTAP storage.

Managing the Data ONTAP Storage Infrastructure

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 5

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 214: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: SYSTEM MANAGER

How can your customers manage their Data ONTAP storage infrastructure more effectively?

Customers can move away from manual, error-prone command-line interface management. OnCommand

System Manager enables centralized management, monitoring, and reporting to optimize Data ONTAP

storage and meet your customer’s business policy requirements.

Designed with the needs of small and midsize businesses in mind, System Manager is a no-cost option with

Data ONTAP storage that will improve your customer’s storage and service efficiency.

Today’s Management ChallengeSystem Manager

6

How do your customers manage their Data ONTAP storage effectively?Challenge

Provides device-level management of Data ONTAP storage systems (FAS and V-Series)

OnCommand System Manager

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 215: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SYSTEM MANAGER LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

System Manager is absolutely free with the purchase of any Data ONTAP storage system. Anyone who has a

valid NetApp Support site login can access and download the System Manager interface. However, some of

the licensed features and protocols that System Manager supports are enabled and displayed only if the

required license for the feature is installed on the storage system. For example, if no SnapVault license is

installed on the system, SnapVault options are not displayed to System Manager users.

System Manager Licensing Requirements

No System Manager license is needed. The software is available to Data ONTAP

customers at no additional charge. For Data ONTAP features that require a

license, the license must be installed to activate System Manager support for the feature.

7NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 216: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: UNIFIED MANAGER

As data and the demand for storage continue to grow, companies must manage more with the same staff.

Customers need to ease the demands of managing growing and complex Data ONTAP storage environments

by boosting operational efficiency. How can your customers’ simplify the complexity of managing multiple

Data ONTAP systems?

Unified Manager provides alerts on the health of the Data Storage environment, so your customer can monitor

the system proactively. Your customer can increase storage and service efficiency, ease operational costs, and

take advantage of clustered Data ONTAP benefits such as nondisruptive operations and operational

efficiency.

Unified Manager―a no-charge option with Data ONTAP storage―is designed with the needs of businesses

in mind, from small businesses to midsize and large enterprises.

Today’s Management ChallengeUnified Manager

8

How can customers simplify the complexity of managing multiple Data ONTAP systems?Challenge

Automated monitoring and alerting for Data ONTAP complex storage environmentsOnCommand Unified Manager

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 217: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED MANAGER KEY FEATURES

OnCommand Unified Manager facilitates ease of management in a clustered Data ONTAP environment.

The UI was designed specifically to enhance the overall user experience with clustered Data ONTAP

environments.

Unified Manager automatically discovers physical and logical objects. Physical objects include cluster nodes,

disks, shelves, high-availability pairs, ports, and Flash Cache devices. Logical objects include clusters, SVMs,

aggregates, volumes, LUNs, qtrees, logical interfaces, and Snapshot copies.

A dashboard provides a single, unified view of the clustered storage environment so that users can monitor

the system and take action for nondisruptive operations. Users can monitor SnapMirror and SnapVault

environments to identify when data protection relationships are at risk due to capacity or configuration

changes.

Unified Manager Key Features

Unified Manager can: Discover physical and logical objects Display the overall health of your Data ONTAP

environment in a dashboard view Enable users to monitor, drill down, and take

action for nondisruptive operations Monitor SnapVault and SnapMirror environments

9NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 218: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED MANAGER: ADVANCED MONITORING AND ALERTING

To provide manageability for your customers, Unified Manager starts by monitoring workflows and feeding

data into the Unified Manager dashboard. It monitors capacity, availability, and data protection, providing the

user with a picture of the overall health of the Data ONTAP environment.

The dashboard panels display status reports on key metrics to provide quick takes on capacity, availability,

and protection, plus information about incidents and risks. Users can watch for issues that they need to

troubleshoot and can quickly navigate to the underlying details of multiple storage systems. Issues are graded

as critical, error, warning, or information so that the user can quickly prioritize them. Enhanced event and

alert capabilities enable users to manage the clustered Data ONTAP environment proactively.

Unified Manager Advanced Monitoring and Alerting

Workflow monitoring: Dashboard to summarize

and categorize capacity, protection, and availability issues

Guidance for troubleshooting capacity issues

Drill-down information for a deeper understanding of issues

Enhanced event and alert functionality

10

Results:

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 219: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

UNIFIED MANAGER LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

Unified Manager is absolutely free with the purchase of any Data ONTAP storage system.

Anyone who has a valid NetApp Support site login can access and download the software.

Unified Manager Licensing Requirements

No Unified Manager license is needed. The software is available to Data ONTAP customers

at no additional charge.

11NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 220: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: ONCOMMAND WORKFLOW AUTOMATION

How can my customers’ automate their manual storage processes without being limited to vendor-defined

processes? And, how can they enable cloud services without adding more resources?

Today, many IT organizations perform the majority of their repeatable storage tasks manually. Often,

organizations have home-grown scripts. Manual processes have many downsides. They are prone to human

error, they don’t necessarily follow best practices, and they might not optimize storage. Customized

orchestration solutions can be too difficult for generalists or too expensive to operate and maintain. These

alternatives might also lack a comprehensive storage automation component.

Cloud-based processes require high levels of automation—not manual processes. How can customers meet

the automation demands of virtual and cloud environments? They need the right tools from a partner who

understands their business as it evolves from a virtualized to a cloud environment.

With OnCommand Workflow Automation, storage administrators can create storage workflows in just

minutes. They can integrate storage workflows with high-order IT processes that align with NetApp best

practices. Workflow Automation relies on Unified Manager for an up-to-date overview of the Data ONTAP

storage landscape.

OnCommand Workflow Automation―a no charge option with Data ONTAP storage―works in tandem with

OnCommand Unified Manager for an up-to-date overview of the Data ONTAP storage landscape. A NetApp

Professional Services engagement is required to implement Workflow Automation.

Today’s Management ChallengeOnCommand Workflow Automation

12

How can my customers automate their manual storage processes without beinglimited to vendor-defined processes?

How can customers enable cloud services without adding more resources?Challenge

Flexible, powerful framework and portal for automating repeatable storage management tasks

OnCommand Workflow

Automation

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 221: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WORKFLOW AUTOMATION: DELIVERING AUTOMATION AND FLEXIBILITY

OnCommand Workflow Automation is a tool and framework that provides a consistent way to define and

execute repeatable processes that users would otherwise perform with the clustered Data ONTAP command

line or with OnCommand System Manager.

Workflow Automation delivers automation and flexibility for your customer’s storage processes. The

automated processes are not limited to vendor-defined processes. Storage managers without programming

skills can define and modify processes. You can flexibly select resources by physical capacity, performance

metrics, or name. Integrating Workflow Automation with other OnCommand products improves resource

selection and automation. With Workflow Automation, customers can flexibly execute storage processes

based on their unique needs.

Workflow Automation Delivering Automation and Flexibility

Key Features Automates manual,

repeatable processes Flexibly executes storage

processes based on customers’ needs

Enables storage experts to define and adjust processes

Enables customized resources to be selected and integrated with other IT systems

13

UI

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 222: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

WORKFLOW AUTOMATION FRAMEWORK

With Workflow Automation, your customers start by using the designer interface to construct or modify a

workflow. Workflow Automation provides a rich library of predefined building blocks. Users can add another

building block to the library or collaborate with NetApp to add a new building block.

To build the workflow steps for a virtualized environment or for a private, hybrid, or public cloud, users

select from a list of commands, identify execution options, and define resource selection options. Numerous

options provide ample flexibility for building customized workflows.

After defining a workflow, the customer can test it and then publish it to authorized users who access and

execute it via the Workflow Automation portal. Users can schedule workflows for execution at a later date or

use an orchestration tool to trigger execution via web services.

This example shows the workflow portal and the various workflows available for production. The architects

and administrators of the Workflow Automation server group the workflows into categories. From the portal,

users can view the workflow description and preview or execute the workflow. Here is a workflow for

creating, mapping, and protecting clustered LUNS with SnapMirror software.

Workflow Automation Framework

Key components: Use Designer to construct

and modify workflows Use Portal to test and

publish workflows

14NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 223: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EASY-TO-USE PORTAL

The OnCommand Workflow Automation portal provides a simple way for operators to execute workflow.

Little training is required. Users can preview workflows, then execute them immediately or schedule them for

later execution.

This is the portal from an operator’s point of view. The user can see if any step has failed and can take a

corrective action. On the Execution tab, the operator can access logs and verify the status of workflow

execution.

Easy-to-Use Portal

Key Features Execute workflows easily Select from workflows organized by categories Preview the workflows before execution Execute immediately or schedule to run later

15NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 224: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKFLOW EXAMPLES

With NetApp Workflow Automation, customers can provision, migrate, or decommission storage for

databases or file systems. They can set up a new virtualization environment, including a storage switch or

datastore, or set up storage for an application as part of an end-to-end orchestration process. They can set up a

FlexPod solution, configure virtual desktops, perform storage cloning, conduct a centralized NetApp

SnapManager activation, and much more.

Storage Workflow Examples

Examples of workflows Provision, migrate, or

decommission storage Set up a new virtualization

environment Set up storage for an

application Set up FlexPod software or

virtual desktops Perform storage cloning Conduct a centralized

activation of NetApp SnapManager software

16

Results

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 225: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

AUTOMATED WORKFLOW LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

Workflow Automation is a no-charge option with any Data ONTAP storage system. Anyone who has a valid

NetApp Support site login can access and download the software.

Automated Workflow Licensing

Requirements

No Automated Workflow license is needed. The software is available to Data ONTAP customers

at no additional charge.

17NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 226: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: ONCOMMAND PERFORMANCE MANAGER

How can your customers monitor performance in their clustered Data ONTAP environments?

NetApp OnCommand Performance Manager enables customers to monitor and troubleshoot performance in

their clustered Data ONTAP storage environments. It is available at no cost to NetApp customers.

Today’s Management ChallengeOnCommand Performance Manager

18

How can customers monitor performance in clustered Data ONTAP environments?Challenge

Provides performance monitoring and root-cause analysis of clustered Data ONTAP environments

OnCommand Balance

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 227: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND PERFORMANCE MANAGER

With OnCommand Performance Manager, storage administrators can determine if there is a performance

problem in the cluster and find where the problem is located. When there is no issue, it can prove the lack of a

problem.

In a dynamic storage cluster, automated storage performance alerting gives storage administrators peace of

mind, simplifies performance diagnosis, and provides resolution advice. Performance Manager is designed to

resolve 80 percent of incidents without the involvement of NetApp Global Support.

OnCommand Performance Manager

Key FeaturesTroubleshoot performance with: Automatic incident

detection Root cause analysis Alerting Resolution advice

19

Results

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 228: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND PERFORMANCE MANAGER LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

OnCommand Performance Manager is a no-charge option with any Data ONTAP storage system. Anyone

who has a valid NetApp Support site login can access and download the software.

OnCommand Performance Manager

Licensing Requirements

No Performance Manager license is needed. The software is available to Data ONTAP customers

at no additional charge.

20NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 229: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: ONCOMMAND BALANCE

How do I know if I am getting the best performance possible?

NetApp OnCommand Balance is the only performance and capacity management software that provides

analysis across IT virtualization layers and technology silos for virtual and physical servers and Data ONTAP

FAS series storage.

OnCommand Balance helps companies troubleshoot problems within minutes, optimize utilization, and

improve performance in the dynamic data center. Traditional system and element management tools look at

only one silo (physical or virtual, servers or storage), this agentless software dynamically models and

analyzes the entire infrastructure.

OnCommand Balance is an value add product that is currently priced by controller (for NetApp storage users)

or by capacity/TB (for multivendor storage environments).

Today’s Management ChallengeOnCommand Balance

21

How do I know if I am getting the best performance possible?Challenge

Provides performance analytics across SVMs to predict and troubleshoot performance issues

OnCommand Balance

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 230: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND BALANCE

OnCommand Balance provides information that administrators can use to proactively or reactively address

performance issues regarding virtualization, clusters, FlexPod hardware, and cloud environments.

Balance helps administrators troubleshoot issues. Like competitor products, Balance provides metering. But

Balance also provides actionable information. Balance can detect potential problems, alert the administrator to

the causes of the problems, and suggest how to fix them. For example, if Balance detects that SVM blocks are

misaligned across LUNs, it identifies the SVM workloads that are slowing down (called the "victims") and

the workloads that are monopolizing resources (called the "bullies").

Balance helps administrators optimize performance. Using key performance indicators, Balance provides

information about response time, performance health, and disk utilization. Balance helps users decide where

to put SVMs and applications for optimal performance and helps users troubleshoot performance problems in

minutes. The unique features of Balance span all domains: applications, servers, networking, and storage.

Balance helps users predict problems and troubleshoot failures quickly and accurately. Administrators can

analyze the causes of problems before they lead to failures.

OnCommand Balance

Key Features Troubleshoot issues

– Where are the storage bottlenecks?

– Which workloads are victims and which are bullies?

– What is misaligned?

Optimize performance– How much headroom do I have?– Where can I put my SVM or app

for best performance?

Predict problems– How can I proactively avoid

bottlenecks?– How can I head off issues?

22

ResultsServer StorageVM

App

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 231: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

BALANCE LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

OnCommand Balance does require a license. It is priced by controller (for Data ONTAP storage users).

Balance Licensing Requirements

License required Priced by controller (for Data ONTAP NetApp storage

users)

23NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 232: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: ONCOMMAND INSIGHT FOR MULTIVENDOR STORAGE

In this lesson, you learn about using OnCommand Insight to manage multivendor storage.

OnCommand Insight for Multivendor Storage

Lesson 2

NetApp Confidential 24

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 233: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: ONCOMMAND INSIGHT

Current data center infrastructures are a heterogeneous mix of server, network, and storage solutions. Some

applications are virtualized while others are not, and data growth continues at alarming rates. Yet while

Gartner predicts that storage capacity demands are growing around 50% per year, storage budgets are

expected to grow at less than 10%.

How can you get to where you need to be when you’re not able to identify and fully utilize the resources you

already have? How can you plan for migrations or data center consolidations? And how do you accurately

report on costs for chargeback and showback?

You need the right tools from a partner who understands the challenges you face to make sense of your

environment, rationalize your purchasing decisions, and take the pain out of technology transitions.

OnCommand Insight is the answer. Insight provides a robust end-to-end multivendor storage management

solution of physical, virtualized and cloud environments. With Insight, you can simplify forecasting and

capacity management and accelerate major IT initiatives to achieve significant capital and operational

savings. OnCommand Insight provides enterprise-level reporting for strategic decision making and helps

optimize existing resources for maximum return on investment.

OnCommand Insight is a value add product that is currently priced based on capacity by terabyte for your

multivendor storage environments.

Today’s Management ChallengeOnCommand Insight

25

How can you plan for migrations or data center consolidations? How do you accurately report on costs for chargeback and showback?Challenge

End-to-end multivendor storage managementOnCommand Insight

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 234: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND INSIGHT

OnCommand Insight 100 percent agentless technology is composed of four modules on a single platform:

Discover, Assure, Perform, and Plan.

Each module addresses a specific customer need, and implementation of these modules requires a NetApp

Professional Services engagement.

Discover is a mandatory prerequisite for Assure, Perform, and Plan, and it is not offered on its own. All

modules are licensed by terabyte of raw capacity.

OnCommand Insight

26

Discover

PlanPerform

Assure

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 235: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND INSIGHT: DISCOVER

The first module, Discover, automatically and agentlessly discovers all your customer’s assets, including

infrastructure device switches, storage arrays, and NetApp storage systems. It then correlates usage to

applications and business entities to provide complete application-to-storage mapping. With this information,

your customers can plan more effectively and optimize performance.

When the company’s data center topology is identified, your customer can monitor and troubleshoot problems

at the level of application storage services. Insight reduces the risk, overhead, and time associated with

managing switch, array, and data center migrations, as well as day-to-day changes. Insight also helps your

customers maximize utilization of their existing resources and confidently use efficiency technologies such as

thin provisioning and deduplication.

OnCommand InsightDiscover

Key Features Provides cross-domain

visibility to assets Identifies your customer’s

entire inventory (including NetApp FAS and E-Series storage systems)

Integrates all of the OnCommand Insight elements

27NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 236: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND INSIGHT: ASSURE

Assure gives administrators information from throughout the infrastructure so that they can identify how the

infrastructure supports applications and which resources have been orphaned.

Assure identifies and correlates service paths that describe the relationship between a particular application

and all its mapped storage. Assure then creates reports with the service path information. The service path

includes all the SVMs, physical servers, network devices, and storage systems that the application uses. After

Assure identifies the service paths, administrators can proactively manage storage services to increase service

quality, prevent application failures, and improve recovery time. Customers can create Assure reports, or

request the creation of reports as a NetApp Professional Services offering.

OnCommand InsightAssure

Key Features Visualizing and monitoring

storage Identifying and correlating

service paths that describe the relationship between a particular application and its data

28

Results

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 237: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND INSIGHT: PERFORM

Administrators use Perform to track compliance with performance service-level objectives.

Administrators can correlate the performance of entire environments, from application to storage, to generate

performance metrics of applications. Perform monitors volumes, storage pools, and disk utilization on the

front end and the back end of virtualized storage.

OnCommand InsightPerform

Insight Perform tracks compliance with performance service-level objectives.

29

Results

Response Timeand IOPS

Disk Utilization

Performance Impacton Applications

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 238: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ONCOMMAND INSIGHT: PLAN

Plan automatically calculates chargeback for cost and service levels.

Administrators used to use vendor-specific tools to manually collect usage data at each device level. The

process was labor-intensive and took days or weeks of administrator and manager time. Even if administrators

used scripts to automate the process, they still had to maintain the scripts, and the accuracy changed as soon

as a variable did.

To accurately calculate costs, customers can use Plan to align costs with actual usage by application,

customer, or business entity (or by external customer in the case of cloud providers), tier, service level,

datacenter, or other business-level criteria. Administrators annotate business entities, applications, tiers, and

service levels in OnCommand Insight to apply cost information for storage utilization and chargeback. After

the administrator annotates the business entities, applications, tiers, and service levels, OnCommand Insight

calculates the disk space used by each application and the disk space used at the level of the host, application,

tier, consumer or owner, data center, and enterprise. OnCommand Insight Data Warehouse provides the

reports.

OnCommand InsightPlan

Insight Plan automatically calculates chargeback.

30

Results

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 239: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LICENSING REQUIREMENTS

OnCommand Insight does require a license. It is priced based on capacity by terabyte (for multivendor storage

environments).

Licensing Requirements

License required Based on capacity for multivendor environments

31NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 240: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: AUTOSUPPORT

AutoSupport

Lesson 3

NetApp Confidential 32

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 241: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TODAY’S MANAGEMENT CHALLENGE: AUTOSUPPORT

In today’s always-on world, learning after a problem has occurred and reactive support are no longer

acceptable. Your customers want to remedy problems before they happen to maintain high availability,

compliance, and service-level objectives. This preemptive support is available with My AutoSupport.

My AutoSupport is a suite of web-based applications hosted on the NetApp Support site and accessible

through a web browser. Using the data from AutoSupport, My AutoSupport proactively identifies storage

infrastructure issues through a continuous health-check feature and automatically provides guidance on

remedial actions that help your customer increase uptime and avoid business disruptions.

Today’s Management ChallengeAutoSupport

How can customers preemptively identify storage infrastructure issues?Challenge

Web-based support toolMy AutoSupport

NetApp Confidential 33

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 242: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE AUTOSUPPORT TOOL

The NetApp AutoSupport tool is an integrated, efficient monitoring and reporting technology that checks the

health of AutoSupport-enabled NetApp systems on a continual basis.

AutoSupport is the "phone-home" mechanism inside Data ONTAP and E-Series systems that sends content to

NetApp proactively. Based on the customer reporting policy, AutoSupport sends either minimal or verbose

content. Customers should enable AutoSupport when they implement NetApp storage.

AutoSupport is one of the most important troubleshooting tools for any NetApp storage system and can aid in

providing performance-related information when no other baseline information is available. AutoSupport

information is collected continuously and sent to NetApp on a regular basis. Information that is collected

includes usage information, service statistics, and boot-time statistics.

If you are an IBM partner and sell rebranded FAS systems that are known as N-Series systems, note that

AutoSupport data is sent to IBM and NetApp. IBM addresses first-level and second-level support. NetApp

addresses third-level escalations. IBM does not provide an interface like My AutoSupport to their customers,

but the data is available for you through NetApp. You can only access the data through NetApp by system ID

or serial number because NetApp does not have the name, site, or contact information for IBM customers.

The AutoSupport Tool

Key Features Phone-home

mechanism Sends content from

Data ONTAP and E-Series systems to NetApp

34

Results

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 243: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MY AUTOSUPPORT

My AutoSupport is a web-based support tool that extends the capability of the AutoSupport system.

Customers can view timeline-based events, health-check recommendations, reference configuration

comparisons, and the AutoSupport message history for individual NetApp systems. Customers can also roll

up views for entire sites and entire organizations.

This example shows the configuration summary, fitness assessment, storage efficiency summary, and

performance trend analysis for multiple sites.

My AutoSupport

Key Features View

– Timeline-based events– Health check

recommendations– Performance trends

Sends content to NetApp

35

Results

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 244: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-37 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

AUTOSUPPORT USAGE

This chart shows AutoSupport usage. On the left side are customer systems. Messages about the health of a

system are triggered on a weekly basis. Events also trigger messages. Customers can receive email

notifications when automated support tool messages are generated. Messages to NetApp can be sent by

HTTPS or email SMTP. After NetApp receives a message, it processes and stores the message in a data

warehouse. Then cases are automatically created and parts are automatically dispatched (which has long been

popular with customers). NetApp also uses AutoSupport data to provide assessment and optimization services

to customers, for Technical Global Advisor and Critical to Quality reporting, and in the enterprise business

intelligence reporting system for analysis. The NetApp Synergy presales and post sales tool also uses

AutoSupport data for sizing and quoting. The My AutoSupport portal is the primary AutoSupport application.

Customers, partners, and internal users can access the portal from the NetApp Support site.

AutoSupport Usage

36

NetApp Storage

System

Automatic Replacement Parts

Customer

Environments

Automatic

Case Creation

AutoSupport Messages

Weekly or Event-Driven

(HTTPS or Email)

NetApp and Partner Usage Customer Installed Base

Reports:

Technical

Global Advisor,

CTQ,

Engineering

AutoSupport

Database

NetApp

Synergy

(sizing and

modeling)

Customer

Messages

(Email)

Assessment

and

Optimization

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 245: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-38 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Identify customer challenges that the NetApp

OnCommand software suite solves List the products in the OnCommand software

suite Describe the technical features and

capabilities of each OnCommand tool

37NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 246: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-39 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 6: Manageability Tools

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 38

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 247: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-40 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. Which statement best describes OnCommand System Manager software?a. A non-erasable, nonwriteable (WORM)

storage solutionb. A management solution to manage Data

ONTAP storage systemsc. A storage chargeback and showback

solutiond. A tool to manage performance

39NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 248: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-41 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. Which two statements are characteristics of OnCommand Unified Manager? (Choose two.)a. Automated monitoring for multiple Data

ONTAP storage environmentsb. Flexible framework for automating storage-

centric tasksc. Provides a roll-up view of Data ONTAP

storaged. Discovers physical objects and logical

objects (clusters, SVMs, and aggregates)

40NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 249: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-42 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #3

Knowledge Check: Question #3

3. Which are examples of workflows that can be automated using NetApp Workflow Automation? (Choose three.)a. Provision storageb. Set up a new virtualization environmentc. Set up storage for an application d. Set up reports to reflect chargeback e. Set up service paths

41NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 250: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-43 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #4

Knowledge Check: Question #4

4. What are the characteristics of OnCommand Insight software? (Choose three.)a. Identifies storage resources within an

environmentb. Provides performance analytics across

storage, networks, and SVMsc. An end-to-end multivendor storage

management solutiond. Correlates usage to applications to give

administrators complete application-to-storage mapping

42NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 251: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-44 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #5

Knowledge Check: Question #5

5. What two statements best describe My AutoSupport? (Choose two.)a. A support tool to view health-check

recommendationsb. A graphical user interface tool to manage up

to four FAS systemsc. A tool to manage performanced. A support tool to view timeline-based events

43NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 252: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

6-45 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp Manageability Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #6

Knowledge Check: Question #6

6. Which statement best describes AutoSupport? (Choose one.)a. Phone-home mechanismb. A graphical user interface tool to manage up

to four FAS systemsc. A graphical user interface tool to manage

performanced. A device-level management tool with a

graphical user interface

44NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 253: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 7: STORAGEGRID

This module introduces StorageGRID software and explains how it powers the NetApp Distributed Content

Repository solution. You learn the technical basics of StorageGRID software, the basic concepts involved in

the NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution design, and the resources for you to explore more about

StorageGRID and the NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution.

StorageGRID

Module 7

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 254: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Describe the challenges of distributed content

repositories Describe how StorageGRID enables the NetApp

Distributed Content Repository solution to address the challenges

List the key functionalities and benefits of StorageGRID

Describe StorageGRID use cases Access resources to help you use StorageGRID and

the NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 255: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CHALLENGES OF DISTRIBUTED CONTENT REPOSITORIES

An explosive growth in the amount of unstructured data that enterprises need to manage presents new

challenges. Data is no longer accessed from a centralized location but rather from multiple devices and

multiple geographies. Users want to access any type of data at any time, from any web-enabled device. New

architectures are required to accommodate the new paradigm of how and where data is created and accessed.

Intelligent and cost-effective data management across geographically dispersed locations is challenging.

The challenges of distributed content repositories include:

Intelligent management

Global access and effective retrieval

Reliable data protection

Cost-effective infrastructure

Compliant retention

Intelligent Management

IT teams serve different user groups that have unique requirements for access and reliability. To effectively

manage very large distributed repositories, IT teams need a storage infrastructure that intrinsically manages

content from multiple sources that is distributed across different geographies.

Global Access and Effective Retrieval

It is a complex enough task to manage billions of objects that were created over periods of years or decades.

However, finding the data that you need when you need it is a daunting task without effective tools. Content

distribution, global access control, and end-user performance become more difficult as content has to be

managed from multiple sources across different geographies.

Challenges of Distributed Content

Repositories

3

Intelligent ManagementGlobal Access and Effective Retrieval Reliable Data Protection

Cost-Effective Infrastructure Compliant Retention

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 256: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

Reliable Data Protection

Providing global 24x7 availability for petabytes of data poses a unique challenge.

Cost-Effective Infrastructure

The cost of providing multipetabyte repositories is a significant issue. Data center space constraints may also

pose a challenge.

Compliant Retention

Corporate governance, e-discovery policies, and business processes all drive retention requirements, which

requires an extremely robust, flexible infrastructure that works seamlessly with data protection, access

control, and encryption.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 257: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE STORAGEGRID SOLUTION

The StorageGRID object-based storage software enables the formation of multisite repositories that scale to

petabytes of data across hundreds of sites. The StorageGRID solution is the core technology that powers the

NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution.

The StorageGRID solution enables customers to create, manage, and consume content globally, completely

independent of location. Thus you get the benefits of local storage (in other words, you get high performance

and content access), as well as a truly global namespace across hundreds of sites. You can set up different

types of sites:

Remote sites that use virtual machines or smaller systems to store minimal local data

Large datacenters that retain a full set of datasets

All management of these sites is done automatically with policies, metadata information, and intelligent

caching. No administrator intervention is required.

The StorageGRID solution uses metadata-based management for data classification and access:

Where data is physically stored

How many copies exist (and where they exist) for disaster recovery purposes

How long copies are retained

When copies are destroyed

Metadata-based access to data simplifies how applications interact with storage. You do not need to search

using a file name. You simply search for information such as:

Mortgage documents

Customer: “John Doe”

Account number “123456”

And so forth

The StorageGRID Solution

4

Large content repository for big, unstructured data Billions of datasets Dozens of petabytes

Creation, management, and consumption of global content Predictable access to data

independent of location Policy-controlled

datastores at each site

Intelligent data classification and accessMetadata-based management

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 258: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE NETAPP DISTRIBUTED CONTENT REPOSITORY SOLUTION

The NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution combines StorageGRID object-based storage software

with the highly dense and scalable E-Series storage platform. This combination enables storage professionals

to deploy an object-based storage infrastructure on highly dense and reliable hardware across multiple

geographies. Using the CDMI, seamless growth into public or private cloud architectures is enabled.

StorageGRID enables NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution to solve the following challenges of

distributed content repositories.

Intelligent Management: StorageGRID uses object-level and file-level policies to manage where and how

long data should reside, while accommodating the need for a data infrastructure that enables secure, boundless

storage. In addition, StorageGRID can identify and manage content by type to comply with corporate policy

and industry regulations, including unauthorized access, alteration, or deletion. Finally, policy-driven storage

management aligns the cost of storage with the value of datasets by migrating the data onto the appropriate

type of storage―from high-performance drives to tape.

Global Access & Effective Retrieval: The NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution helps resolve

global access and effective retrieval challenges by leveraging the rich metadata capabilities of StorageGRID.

Objects can be distributed, based on metadata, to appropriate physical locations to minimize latency. This

enables a single, logical repository to be accessed from multiple geographically dispersed physical storage

resources to support a collaborative workflow, or to simply improve end-user retrieval speed. Similarly,

objects of any type or from any source can be tagged with rich metadata, and then managed and retrieved

simply by using that metadata, such as account numbers or the name of a customer, regardless of where the

data is physically stored.

The NetApp Distributed Content

Repository Solution

5

CIFSNFSSGAPICDMI

CIFSNFSSGAPICDMI

CIFSNFSSGAPICDMI

CIFSNFSSGAPICDMI

2. Cloud Data Management Interface Standard

SITE 1 SITE 1 SITE 1 …SITE

APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS

MULTIPLE APPLIATIONS + SITES + PROTOCOLS

NetApp StorageGRID Software

MULTIPLE: TENANTS + POLICIES + ADMINISTRATORS

MULTIPLE: TARGETS + VENDORS + TIERS

NetApp E-Series Storage Systems Tape

NetApp Confidential

2

1

1. StorageGRIDApplication Programming Interface

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 259: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

Reliable Data Protection: StorageGRID provides business continuity, even in the event of disasters, through

multisite content federation, enabling users meet their SLAs with confidence. Configurations can be designed

for resilience against one or multiple simultaneous faults, even entire site losses and regional disasters.

StorageGRID is suitable for single data centers or multi-data-center deployments with many sites across the

globe. In addition, you can leverage StorageGRID features to associate rich metadata at the object level. You

can create highly granular storage policies to implement appropriate levels of recovery-time objectives and

recovery point objectives based on data value.

Cost-Effective Infrastructure: StorageGRID policy-driven storage management enables you to migrate data

onto the appropriate storage tier based on metadata, to store high-value, low-latency data on high-

performance drives and migrate to lower-cost disks and (eventually) to tape, as business needs and policies

dictate. Integrated object-level encryption means that sensitive data can be protected through the entire

lifecycle, including storage on tape.

Compliant Retention: With StorageGRID, metadata can be used to promote policy decisions that affect

retention in ways that are not possible with traditional storage systems. The ability to add rich metadata to

nontextual objects, such as images and videos, enables sophisticated content movement and access controls.

In addition, StorageGRID integrates with NetApp storage systems to provide object-level encryption to

enhance overall security within a corporate environment as well as to support multi-tenant environments for

service providers.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 260: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGEGRID KEY FUNCTIONALITIES

The StorageGRID solution provides the key functionalities that are required by application developers and

administrators.

Application Interfaces

Massively parallel transaction engine with: Integrated load balancing, transaction multi-thread pipelining

Global access: Local and remote access, NFS, CIFS file services interfaces, multiple file system shares

and multiple profiles per gateway, native HTTP object interface with API compression for reduced

bandwidth consumption

API services: Object store, retrieve, and query, object metadata attachment, comprehensive metadata

query

Versioned file recovery: Access to multiple previous versions of files; Can be enabled or disabled for

individual profiles; Full audit support for previous versions of files

Reporting, Provisioning, and Management

Advanced reporting and provisioning capabilities: Provisioning through a GUI or API; Storage efficiency

options: encryption, compression; AES-256 and SHA-256 encryption supported; Mixed-mode AES-256 and

SHA-256 support for strong encryption and CPU-efficient integrity protection; Centralized installation;

Rolling upgrades without downtime; Mixed software versions supported for multi-tenant gateway

deployments; Comprehensive ad-hoc real-time, rolling-period, and historical usage query capability; 200+

predefined monitoring, usage, and QoS reports; Event-based notification feed for third-party application,

billing, and QoS monitoring; Event feed filtering, queueing, and bulk retrieval supported

Metadata and Content Awareness

Metadata-based data management: Content-aware processing allows self-healing of rule-based retention

during network disruptions; Resource-aware processing allows physical relocation of storage devices for

rapid bulk data onboarding and movement; Query and retrieval of content is based on user-defined or system-

defined metadata.

StorageGRID Key Functionalities

6

Application Interfaces Reporting, Provisioning, and Management

Metadata and Content Awareness Audit and Compliance Capabilities

SLA and QoS Monitoring

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 261: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

Audit and Compliance Capabilities

Comprehensive audit feed for:Chargeback and billing; Search integration; Custom reporting; Security

diagnostics; Compliance events; Support for multiple audit repositories at multiple sites enables secure audit

transport and storage.

SLA and QoS Monitoring

Comprehensive performance feeds: Access throughput; Replication throughput; Time to first byte; Time

to policies achieved;

Support for synthetic transactions: Demonstrate SLAs; Measure transaction round-trip time; Separate

WAN, storage, gateway times

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 262: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGEGRID KEY BENEFITS

StorageGRID is a highly efficient, object-based software storage solution. Together with NetApp storage

appliances, StorageGRID key benefits help IT make the transition from a cost center to a strategic asset.

Federated storage across sites

StorageGRID manages unstructured data growth by federating storage platforms and technologies across

dozens of sites into a unified global content repository. You can grow without bounds to meet your global

business needs while simplifying your infrastructure and administration.

Always-on data availability

StorageGRID provides continuous access to content across multiple locations for 24x7 operations. Rolling

upgrades without downtime and multisite content federation enable you to provide business continuity even

during disasters, so that you meet your SLAs with confidence.

Metadata-based management

StorageGRID uses metadata to automate data management of billions of objects by multiple criteria over

multiple technology generations. Operational expenditures (opex) and management costs decrease while

compliance with corporate, regulatory, or user requirements is maintained.

Support for cloud initiatives

StorageGRID supports large internal or external Internet cloud storage initiatives.

Support for business innovation

StorageGRID enables customers to align IT infrastructure investments with ongoing business development

and goals. NetApp Professional Services can help customers design and configure a StorageGRID solution

that is tailored for their business needs, enabling customers to achieve maximum productivity and value from

StorageGRID and associated storage systems.

StorageGRID Key Benefits

7

StorageGRID

Always-On

Data

Availability

Metadata-Based

Management

Cloud Initiative

Support

Business

Innovation

Support

Federated

Storage

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 263: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGEGRID USE CASES

StorageGRID is best suited for these four types of customers:

Healthcare Organizations

These organizations need to store large files―such as patient records, CT and MRI scans and other imaging

files, and diagnostic reports―for time frames as long as the lifetime of the patient.

Enterprise Cloud Service Requesters

Financial institutions process and archive financial transactions and millions of customer check and

deposit images every day.

Insurance companies manage large amounts of policy data and retain copies of insurance claims and

related photos for years to support litigation.

Telecommunication and cable companies store customer usage and billing records for long periods of

time and offer growing libraries of downloadable media content to their subscribers.

Public Cloud Service Providers

Service providers provide storage-as-a-service. They require massively scalable and automated storage

infrastructures, to offer competitive cloud storage services with policy-based automation, web-based self-

service interfaces, and charge-back capabilities.

Digital Media Distributors

Digital media studios, news agencies, publishers, and broadcasters need to store and easily retrieve extremely

large libraries of film footage, broadcast programming, and web and mobile streaming video and audio files.

StorageGRID Use Cases

8

Healthcare Organizations Enterprise Cloud Service Requesters

Public Cloud Service Providers Digital Media Distributors

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 264: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGEGRID FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM

The StorageGRID solution adds a layer of object-level data management to the product by providing a

namespace that can extend across an entire globally distributed storage network. In addition to supporting

CIFS and NFS file-share access, the StorageGRID system enables client applications to use the HTTP API to

directly store and retrieve files. Objects are tagged with metadata, which drives the placement of content over

time and across locations that are managed through policies.

StorageGRID Functional Diagram

9

HTTP RESTful Protocol / CDMI*

Location-Transparent Distributed Object Store

Global Object Namespace

Object-Level Data Management

Metadata Tagging and Query

Storage Systems

NASProtocols

NASI/O

Object Ingest and Retrieval

Policy-DrivenData Placement

*Cloud Data Management Interface

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 265: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CDMI OVERVIEW: CLOUD DATA MANAGEMENT INTERFACE

The interface to the cloud at an object level is becoming standardized through the Cloud Data Management

Interface (CDMI) standard, which was put forth by the Storage Networking Industry Association (SNIA). The

NetApp StorageGRID solution uses the CDMI standard to enable a single interface point to private and public

cloud storage systems.

CDMI OverviewCloud Data Management Interface

What is CDMI?CDMI is an interface for interoperable transfer and management of data in a cloud storage environment.

CDMI addresses the lack of standardization in three key areas of cloud storage:– Client-to-cloud data transfer– Cloud data management– Cloud-to-cloud data transfer

10

Site 1

Private

Public

Vendor1

Site 2

Vendor2

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 266: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

RESOURCES

You can find up-to-date resources for the NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution and StorageGRID

software on Netapp.com.

To learn more about StorageGRID software, download the StorageGRID Grid Primer and StorageGRID

Administrator Guide from the NetApp support site. From the support site, you can access the StorageGRID

Documentation Map, which provides a quick reference to determine which document contains the

information that you need.

For help with StorageGRID engagements, contact [email protected]

Reseller partners and customers might not have full access to these resources.

Resources

Netapp.com Support.netapp.com– StorageGRID Documentation

StorageGRID Grid Primer StorageGRID Administrator Guide StorageGRID Documentation Map

For help with StorageGRID engagements, contact [email protected].

11NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 267: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Describe the challenges of distributed content

repositories Describe how StorageGRID enables the NetApp

Distributed Content Repository solution to address the challenges

List the key functionalities and benefits of StorageGRID

Describe StorageGRID use cases Access resources to help you use StorageGRID and

the NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution

12NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 268: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 7: StorageGRID

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 13

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 269: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. Which NetApp product serves as the core technology that powers the NetApp Distributed Content Repository solution?

14NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 270: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

7-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: StorageGRID

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. StorageGRID is best suited for which four types of customers?

15NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 271: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 8: E-SERIES AND EF-SERIES STORAGE SYSTEMS

Welcome to the E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems module. This module introduces you to the E-Series

and EF-Series product line. In this module, you review key E-Series features, including customer challenges

and solutions to problems, as well as the technical features of Dynamic Disk Pools and SSD Flash Cache for

Hybrid Arrays. This module also introduces you to the customer challenges and technical features of EF-

Series systems.

E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

Module 8

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 272: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Describe the customer challenges that are

addressed by E-Series systems List the products in the E-Series portfolio Describe the features of NetApp SANtricity

storage management software Describe the customer challenges that are

addressed by EF-Series systems List the products in the EF-Series portfolio

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 273: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: E-SERIES STORAGE SYSTEMS

This lesson starts with a high-level overview of E-Series storage system controllers, shelves, and major

features.

E-Series Storage Systems

Lesson 1

3NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 274: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INDUSTRY-LEADING STORAGE INNOVATION

To address the various workloads in the new hybrid cloud environment, NetApp has a clear product strategy

to:

Create market-leading storage innovation for shared infrastructures

Design a set of storage innovations for dedicated workloads

Increase the ability to leverage every aspect of cloud computing

Offer the best flash agenda in the world

To do this, NetApp offers a rich portfolio of solutions to address shared infrastructures and dedicated

workloads in both NAS and SAN environments.

The clustered Data ONTAP operating system revolutionizes shared virtual infrastructure and offers a

unified platform for SAN and NAS.

The NetApp flash portfolio provides a suite of all-flash and hybrid (in other words, flash-accelerated)

arrays for ultraperformance when it is needed.

Industry-Leading Storage Innovation

Flash Arraysfor ultrahigh performance

E-Seriesfor price and performance at scale

StorageGRIDfor web-scale object storage

Clustered Data ONTAPfor shared infrastructure

CorporateData Centers

CloudData Centers

4NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 275: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE E-SERIES SOLUTION

For dedicated SAN workloads, where data management is built into the application, the NetApp E-Series

solution offers proven price and performance and high capacity.

NetApp continues to advance its presence in the emerging market of object storage with the StorageGRID

solution that runs on the E-Series platform.

NetApp recognizes that not every workload resides in a shared environment. Some applications provide their

own data management capabilities, or simply do not require such capabilities. E-Series systems provide an

effective building block for these applications. The E-Series solution offers:

Easy installation and management

Scalable performance and density

Proven reliability

The E-Series Solution

Flash Arraysfor ultra-high performance

E-Seriesfor price and performance at scale

StorageGRIDfor web scale object storage

Clustered Data ONTAPfor Shared Infrastructure

5NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 276: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES: CUSTOMER CHALLENGES

Since acquiring Engenio in 2010, NetApp has offered E-Series storage arrays for block environments. With

over 30 years of technology development and leadership, E-Series is the preferred choice by customers for

both general-purpose and high-performance computing (HPC) workloads when data is managed by the

application. Enterprise Reliability, Availability and Serviceability (RAS), industry-leading performance,

extreme density, and simple management are core differentiators of this price performance leader in the

market.

According to IDC, NetApp retains approximately 21% market share in open storage networking marketing.

This leaves a large area of “white space” within which NetApp can focus on new solution areas to solve

customer challenges within SAN storage application environments. Although SAN storage is not growing at

the rate of file, object and clout, it will continue to grow in the high single-digit percentage of compounded

annual growth rate (CAGR) through 2015.

The E-Series solution brings these benefits to your customers:

Superb application uptime with Dynamic Disk Pools

Flexibility to scale from small to very large environments

Proven enterprise reliability with 99.999% availability

Extreme performance for research and transactional processing

Very low failure rates of drives and controllers

Customer integration and tuning for high-performance file systems

The E-Series solution was designed from the ground up to be a simple storage system. For customers with

scale-up SAN requirements, E-Series systems provide best-in-class price to performance value. The E-Series

solution also delivers enterprise-grade reliability and ease of use.

E-SeriesCustomer Challenges

NetApp Confidential 6

How can your customers achieve superb application uptime? How can they maintain flexibility to scale from small to enterprise environments? How can they achieve proven performance with 99.999% availability?

Challenge

The E-Series solution is a SAN option that delivers superb application uptime, flexibility to scale, and proven performance.

E-Series

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 277: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES: SYSTEM HIGHLIGHTS

The E-Series solution appeals to a range of customers, from entry-level enterprises to big-data HPC

environments.

Modularity is a key design criterion for E-Series systems:

– Three different controllers

– Three sizes of disk shelves (with 12, 24, and 60 drives)

– Multiple drive types and I/O interfaces (from iSCSI for entry-level customers to InfiniBand for high-

end customers)

E-Series systems are tunable: You can adjust cache block sizes, RAID levels, RAID groups, and segment

sizes.

E-Series systems optimize streaming performance for sequential, high-bandwidth workloads, or optimize

for random-transaction performance.

The NetApp Solid-state drive (SSD) Cache feature is the E-Series version of Flash Cache intelligent

caching in FAS.

Dynamic Disk Pools technology automatically minimizes the impact of drive failures, immediately

adapting up to eight times faster than traditional RAID.

More than 650,000 systems have shipped; the E5500 is the current leader in bandwidth performance.

The AutoSupport support tool is available for the E-Series product line.

Entry-class through enterprise-class block storage for superior price and performance for SAN, where the application drives the data management

E-Series System Highlights

7

Easy installation, low maintenance, and affordability

Modular design: Choice of shelves, drives, and I/O

Tunable performance: IOPS and bandwidth

Flash integration: Performance and efficiency

Sustained performance and automated management

E2600 E2700 E5400 E5500

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 278: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES PLATFORM: SIMPLE SAN STORAGE: IT’S SIMPLE

Automated features such as Dynamic Disk Pool technology for continuous performance and AutoSupport for

proactive health monitoring make E-Series a simple choice for customers.

Allows IT staff to focus on adding value to the business

Is simple to install and use

Requires no services Provides flexible

configurations that enable iSCSI, FC, and SAS

Uses Dynamic Disk Pool technology

NetApp Confidential 8

E-Series Platform: Simple SAN StorageIt’s Simple

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 279: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES PLATFORM: SIMPLE SAN STORAGE: IT’S SEAMLESS

The E-Series solution works with established environments and leading virtualization offerings to deliver

“worry-free” business value.

Your customers can manage and move data anywhere without reconfiguration or disruption.

E-Series systems enable integrated management in virtualized environments with VMware and Microsoft.

Dynamic Disk Pool technology, thin provisioning and the SSD Cache feature enable you to “set it and forget

it.”

Works with established environments

Manages and moves data anywhere

Offers integrated management

Provides a full suite of network connectivity

Enables you to “set it

and forget it”

NetApp Confidential

E-Series Platform: Simple SAN StorageIt’s Seamless

9

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 280: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES PLATFORM: SIMPLE SAN STORAGE: IT’S STREAMLINED

Fits into simple and complex IT environments

Is an industry leader in RAS

Enables you to intermix drive types such as SAS and SSD

Offers high-performance efficiency to cut power, density, and cooling costs

NetApp Confidential

E-Series Platform: Simple SAN StorageIt’s Streamlined

10

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 281: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE E-SERIES PRODUCT LINE

The E-Series Product Line consists of four controller models [1] , three shelf options [2] , several host

interface cards [3] , and multiple disks [4]. These components are combined to build storage systems that

meet cost and performance requirements for these kinds of storage:

Entry-level

Workgroup

Departmental

Data center

High-performance

E-Series storage systems provide block-level storage. To provide file-level storage, customers combine

servers with E-Series storage systems.

The E-Series Product Line

NetApp Confidential 11

Disk Shelves (3)

DE1600 DE5600 DE6600

E2600 E2700 E5400 E5500

Controllers (4)

SSD SAS NL-SAS

Disks (3)

SAS iSCSI FC InfiniBand

(IB)

Interfaces (4)

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 282: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES CONTROLLERS

The four E-Series controller models are the E5500, E5400, E2700, and E2600.

E5500

Is the largest and most powerful system in the E-Series platform

Provides general-purpose and high-performance computing

Provides 12 gigabytes (GB) cache memory per controller for 24 gigabytes (GB) in a fully configured

system

E5400

Provides midrange performance

Provides 6 or 12 GB cache per controller

E2600

Is an entry-level controller

Has a 6-gigabit (Gb) SAS system

Targets small to medium-sized business markets and workloads

The entry-level E2700 controller offers more features and host interface ports than the E2600.

All four E-Series controllers (E2600, E2700, E5400, E5500) can be installed into any of the three disk

shelves, the 2U/12-drive (DE1600), 2U/24-drive (DE5600), or 4U/60-drive (DE6600). Guide your customer

by performance levels across the E-Series family and not physical size when choosing hardware.

E-Series Controllers

NetApp Confidential 12

E2600 2-GB and 4-GB cache memory 6-Gb SAS, 8-Gb FC, 1/10-Gb iSCSI connectivity 192 drives; 12-drive, 24-drive, and 60-drive

enclosures (SAS)

E2700 8-GB and 16-GB cache memory 12-Gb SAS, 16-Gb FC, 10-Gb iSCSI connectivity 192 drives; 12-drive, 24-drive, and 60-drive

enclosures (SAS)

E5400

6-GB, 12-GB, and 24-GB cache memory 6-Gb SAS, 8-Gb FC, 10-Gb iSCSI, 40-Gb IB

connectivity 384 drives; 12-drive, 24-drive, and 60-drive

enclosures (SAS)

E5500 24-GB cache memory 6/12-Gb SAS, 16-Gb FC, 40-Gb IB connectivity 384 drives; 12-drive, 24-drive, and 60-drive

enclosures (SAS)

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 283: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES DRIVE SHELVES

The three E-Series drive shelves or disk enclosures are the DE 6600, the DE5600, and the DE1600.

DE6600 and DE5600 drive shelves support SAS or SSD drives or a combination of both. The SAS drives

vary in capacity and speed, depending on the particular model.

DE1600 drive shelves support SAS drives, but not SSD drives.

All drive shelves support drive encryption T10 PI data integrity checking.

All of the E-Series drive shelves are supported behind all of the E-Series controllers. You can mix the shelves.

For example, you might put both DE6600 and DE5600 drive shelves behind an E2600 controller.

E-Series Drive Shelves

13

DE5600

2U/24 drives

Great performance per watt

Great bandwidth and RU

SSD; SAS 10K

DE6600

4U/60 drives

Highest rack density Maximum shelf

bandwidth SSD; SAS 10K and

7.2K

DE1600

2U/12 drives

Lowest entry price SAS 15K and 7.2K

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 284: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

E-SERIES MODULARITY

The table displays an overview of the NetApp Branded E-Series models. You can use the table to streamline

configurations and ordering and manufacturing operations. The systems handle an intermix of single drive

types and sizes (for example, the SSD Cache feature). The drive offerings are the same across the entire E-

Series line (E2600, E2700, E5400, E5500). You should base the drive choices on the shelves (DEx600) and

not the controllers (Exx00).

The E-Series is a single-unit high-availability design. The robust E-Series design features dual controllers,

power supplies, cooling, and no single point of failure or service. E-Series supports remote mirroring to

protect against site failure.

E-Series Modularity

14

Controllers:

Disk

Enclosures

E2600 E2700 E5400 E5500

DE1600 (2U/12 drive)

3.5” only

E2612 E2712 E5412 E5512

DE5600(2U/24 drive)

2.5” only

E2624 E2724 E5424 E5524

DE6600(4U/60 drive)

2.5” or 3.5”

E2660 E2760 E5460 E5560

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 285: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TARGET WORKLOADS

E-Series storage systems address wide-ranging solution requirements. These storage systems support high-

performance file systems and bandwidth-intensive streaming applications.

Three types of controller modules, three expansion shelves, and multiple drive types allow custom

configurations that are optimized to meet performance and capacity requirements.

E2600

Entry system

Scales to 192 drives, 768 terabytes (TB) (which is achievable only with 12-disk enclosures; the 4-TB disk

is 3.5 inches)

E2700

12-Gb SAS entry system

Scales to 192 drives, 768 TB

E5400

Midrange performance

Scales to 384 drives, 1.5 petabytes (PB)

E5500

HPC performance

Scales to 384 drives, 1.5 PB

Target Workloads

15

High-Performance Computing Workloads

• Dedicated, application-driven workloads

• Simulation• Modeling• Research• High-performance file

systems• Bandwidth-intensive

streaming applications• Transaction-intensive

workloads• Distributed content

repositories

General-Purpose Computing Workloads (Small to Midsize)

• Workloads that are mixed due to consolidation

• Workloads that are mixed due to virtualization

• Read-intensive transactional databases

• Image archiving• High capacity, low cost

workloads• Email servers• Departmental file servers• Workgroup file servers

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 286: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CUSTOMER USE CASES

Customer Use Cases

E-Series simple SAN solutions have been deployed in these cases: Block storage Backup to disk Big-data analytics Digital video surveillance High-performance SAN Media and entertainment Research and development

16NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 287: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HYBRID ARRAYS FOR E-SERIES

Flash technology is available for E-Series systems, which are referred to as hybrid arrays when flash arrays

are added. You can add capacity-optimized hard disks or SSDs to meet application-driven performance

requirements or the flash-accelerated E-Series that includes the SSD Cache feature for intelligent caching.

Hybrid Arrays for E-Series

17

Two options:– Mix hard disks and SSDs to meet

application-driven performance requirements

– Intelligent caching with SSD CacheServer

SSDCache

Capacity-OptimizedDrives

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 288: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: SANTRICITY FEATURES

SANtricity Features

Lesson 2

18NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 289: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SANTRICITY STORAGE MANAGER SOFTWARE

SANtricity Storage Manager Software

19

Feature-rich, streamlined OS that runs on E-Series controllers

Optimized to deliver consistent, sustainable, low-latency performance

Powerful, easy-to-use interface Flexible configuration Custom tuning for maximum storage

performance and utilization

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 290: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SANTRICITY FEATURES

The SANtricity storage management software provides standard software features that support storage system

operation.

These features require users to set up and configure details before use. The features that are displayed here are

“managed” features in that they require user input to be effective. Some features (such as enhanced Snapshot

references and enterprise replication) require significant user interaction, and some features (such as Dynamic

Disk Pool technology) require very little interaction. However, all of the managed features require the user to

perform some additional action to fully implement the feature.

Managed features may also limit the number of objects that the features support, such as the available number

of partitions, Snapshot references, or volume copies, which vary by storage system model.

SANtricity Features

20

Enterprise-Class Features in Midsize Storage

Encrypted Drive SupportExtended security enhancements for compliance and regulations

SSD Cache or Hybrid StorageExpedited access to “hot” data

through automated real-time caching to SSD; mix-and-match SSDs and hard disks

Enterprise Replication Cost-effective enterprise-class disaster recovery of data with FC and IP replication

Thin ProvisioningStorage utilization improved up to 35% with no overprovisioning

Enhanced Snapshot ReferencesMore precise recovery point objectives and faster recovery

Dynamic Disk Pools6x faster rebuild times (minutes, not days) andcontinuous high performance during drive rebuild

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 291: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DYNAMIC DISK POOLS

Dynamic Disk Pools (DDP) technology provides an alternative to standard RAID groups.

DDP simplifies protection by removing the complexity of configuring RAID groups and allocating hot

spares.

Utilization is improved by dynamically spreading data, parity, and spare capacity across all drives in a

pool, which reduces performance bottlenecks due to hot-spots.

If a drive failure occurs, DDP enables a return to an optimal state significantly faster than RAID6, while

reducing the performance impact during the reconstruction of a failed drive.

DDP offers greater protection from multiple drive failures by prioritizing the reconstruction of the most

critical segments.

Seven patents have been submitted for this technology.

NOTE: DDP is an optional configuration that may be used alongside existing RAID configurations. This

enables users to select the best RAID level for the workload.

Dynamic Disk Pools

DDP dynamically distributes data, spare capacity, and parity information across a pool of drives.

Each stripe resides on 10 drives within the pool; the number of drives is always 10 drives, regardless of pool size.

Intelligent algorithm defines which drives are used; each stripe uses a different set of 10 drives.

24-drive pool

NetApp Confidential 21

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 292: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DYNAMIC DISK POOLS: DISK FAILURE

24-drive pool

Dynamic Disk PoolsDisk Failure

For each stripe that has data on a failed disk:– Segments on other disks are read to rebalance data.– A new disk is chosen to rebalance segments from the failed disk.

Rebalance operations run in parallel across all drives.

23

NetApp Confidential 22

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 293: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DYNAMIC DISK POOLS: ADDING DISKS TO A POOL

Add a single disk, or add multiple disks simultaneously. DDP immediately rebalances data to maintain equilibrium.

– Segments are simply moved (RAID is not reconstructed).

Dynamic Disk PoolsAdding Disks to a Pool

23

23-drive pool24

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 294: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

BENEFITS OF DYNAMIC DISK POOLS

Disk utilization is improved by spreading data, parity, and spare capacity across all drives in the pool, which

results in a perfect environment for mixed workloads or faster reconstruction times.

NOTE: The maximum number of concurrent drive failures that DDP technology can withstand without

incurring data loss is two, which is similar to RAID 6. However, the time that it takes to regenerate and

rebalance critical data is minutes instead of days.

24

Benefits of Dynamic Disk Pools

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

300GB Drive 900-GB Drive 2-TB Drive 3-TB Drive

DDP RAID 6

Hours

2.5

Da

ys

1.3

Days

Mo

re t

ha

n 4

Days

Time

Optimal

Acceptable

Performance

Performance Impact of a Disk Failure

DDPRAID

Business Impact

Business

Impact

96 Minutes(Estimated)

99% Exposure

Improvement

Maintain business SLAs despite a drive failure.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 295: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SSD CACHE

SSD Cache is a system-wide resource that uses solid-state drives (SSDs) as a level-two read cache. SSD

Cache is easy to set up and requires no management:

You specify the SSDs and identify which volumes can have their data staged onto the SSDs.

From there, the controllers move the data into and out of the SSD disks.

Data from the selected volumes is copied (in other words, promoted) to the Intelligent Cache Tiering

(ICT) SSDs as they are accessed from the host.

Over time, more read requests are serviced by ICT, greatly improving application response times.

Using SSDs in this manner also significantly reduces the cost of deploying SSD arrays.

SSD Cache enables you to start with one SSD and add more SSDs, to a maximum of 5 terabytes’ worth of

SSDs. SANtricity software provides built-in tools to help you determine the potential benefits of ITC and

define the optimal number of SSDs to use for your application and environment.

SSD Cache is easy to use

The controllers use an intelligent algorithm to promote data to the SSDs. Solutions from other vendors require

you to make a decision when “pinning” data into the SSD. With ICT, the intelligence in the array

automatically decides how much data to store in the SSDs, based on usage.

ICT is efficient and flexible

Data does not move back and forth between tiers. Data is promoted only when it is hot, and data is not

demoted when it is cold. This process is managed by the controllers.

SSD Cache

25

Promotes hot data automatically in real time

Is easy to set up and requires no management

Improves application response time

Reduces cost, power, and footprint

Enables you to start with one SSD and grow as needed

Application Dataset

Capacity-

Optimized

Disks

Server

SSD

Cache

Storage

Array

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 296: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SSD CACHE: IMPROVES APPLICATION RESPONSE

Some performance gains by customers who have enabled SSD cache are displayed in the graph.

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Profile 1

Profile 2

Profile 3

8/3/

2012

IOPS

IOP Performance

Steady

Baseline

SSD CacheImproves Application Response

Increased performance for applications with significant read and random access patterns

Applicable for file services, databases, messaging, and virtual infrastructure

Shared and simultaneous application gains

With SSD Cache

No SSD Cache

Profile 3 (Web Server)2 to 64K, 95% Read, 100% Random

Profile 2 (Database Server)8K, 75% Read, 100% Random

Profile 1 (Exchange 2010)64K, 90% Read, 90% Random

NetApp Confidential 26

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 297: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ENHANCED SNAPSHOT REFERENCES: COPY-ON-WRITE TECHNOLOGY

Snapshot technology is possible by the use of images

At specified intervals, or on a manual basis, you can make an image of an existing volume. This image points

back to the base volume, and any request for data from the image is managed by the data that resides on the

base volume. If the base volume handles a write that would change the data that is used by the image, the

original data is copied to a small repository of actual capacity that is assigned to the image. In this way, the

image has access to all of the data of the base volume as it existed at the time that the image was created, but

only a fraction of the storage capacity is used.

The Snapshot feature utilizes copy-on-write technology to provide a durable point-in-time image that is useful

for backup and testing. The Snapshot repository holds data that is saved from the base volume during copy-

on-write activity.

Enhanced Snapshot ReferencesCopy-on-Write Technology

BaseVolume

Physical Disk Capacity

Snapshot Group

Repository

Physical Disk Capacity

Logical (No Actual Disk Capacity)

27

Write to Base Original Data

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 298: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COPY-ON-WRITE EXAMPLE

After the original data block is copied to the repository, the block is overwritten on the base volume. The

actual Snapshot image is created by combining the repository and the base volume.

When the repository of a Snapshot volume is nearing the fill point, an alert is issued to the storage system. By

default, this alert is issued when the repository is 75% full; however, you can adjust this level as needed. You

can increase the capacity of the repository when you receive the alert. You can configure each Snapshot

volume independently.

Copy-on-Write Example

A B C D E GF IH

A B J D K GL IM

EC HF

Base Volume

Snapshot

Repository

Changed Data Blocks in Base Volume

28NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 299: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SNAPSHOT IMAGES, SNAPSHOT GROUPS, AND SNAPSHOT VOLUMES

When you create your first Snapshot image of a base volume, the storage-management software automatically

creates a Snapshot group, if one doesn’t exist. The first Snapshot image is an exact logical reference to the

base volume at that point in time. Thereafter, when the system generates a Snapshot image, the image

captures only the data changes that occurred after the last Snapshot image was created.

Because Snapshot images contain only the changed data that is captured from the base volume, a Snapshot

image is not directly read or write accessible to hosts. You must create a Snapshot volume to view Snapshot

images.

Snapshot Images, Snapshot

Groups, and Snapshot Volumes

29

SnapshotGroup

SnapshotVolume

SnapshotImage

SnapshotImage

SnapshotImage

Repository

BaseVolume

Repository

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 300: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CONSISTENCY GROUPS: SNAPSHOT IMAGES OF MULTIPLE VOLUMES

A consistency group is a collection of base volumes in your storage system. These base volumes, which

are the source of a Snapshot image, are called member volumes of a consistency group.

A consistency group creates simultaneous Snapshot images of multiple volumes. This guarantees

consistent copies of a collection of volumes at a particular point in time. For example, you can create a

consistency group to make a synchronized Snapshot image of several volumes that are in different

volume groups or disk pools in a storage system.

The consistency group mechanism is ideal for applications that span multiple volumes, for example, a

database application with the logs on one volume and the database on another volume.

A member volume is either a thin volume in a disk pool or a standard volume in a disk pool or volume

group.

When you add a member volume to a consistency group, the system automatically creates an associated

member repository and a Snapshot group for the member volume.

Consistency GroupsSnapshot Images of Multiple Volumes

A consistency group: Is a collection of

base volumes Enables

simultaneous Snapshot images of multiple volumes

Supports applications that span multiple volumes

30NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 301: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THIN PROVISIONING: PROBLEM AND SOLUTION

Thin provisioning is a technical solution to a human problem: It is difficult to estimate how much storage

space that applications might require. Administrators commonly “round up” to a higher amount than is

actually needed. In the past, if an application ran out of storage space, it was difficult and time-consuming to

provision more storage. It is still not unusual to see overprovisioning five times or more for applications.

Thin provisioning requires the use of Dynamic Disk Pool technology. When creating a volume, you select a

“Thin provision this volume” check box and set a starting capacity and a maximum capacity. You then do not

need to monitor the storage capacity. An “autogrow” process dynamically allocates storage internally as it is

used, while reporting full allocations to hosts. This process significantly lowers storage usage by as much as

35% to 40%. Capacity, power, and cooling requirements are also reduced.

NOTE: Thin provisioning is NOT available on the E5500.

Thin ProvisioningProblem and Solution

Problems:– Guessing how much storage applications really need– Purchasing disks based on overprovisioning estimates– Emergency out-of-space activities– “Stranded storage”

Thin provisioning gives you:– Significantly improved storage use– Easy, one-time management at volume creation– The ability to automatically increase volume capacity as needed

31

UsedA B CAllocated

ABC

Used = Allocated

FreeSavings

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 302: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE THIN PROVISIONING FEATURE

Thin provisioning enables a storage system to create a volume that reports a capacity that is much larger than

the volume contains. This feature enables system administrators to create user space for future use, perhaps

even before the actual storage disks are available. This capability is useful if an administrator needs to

estimate future capacity requirements for various uses.

With thin-provisioned volumes, the administrator can allocate a very large space without using actual disk

capacity. The thin-provisioned volume holds data as a standard volume does, but the system tracks the

addresses of the incoming I/Os. The system then maps the I/Os to an existing repository area, rather than to

the actual addresses that are normally available on a full-sized volume.

Over time, the existing area is filled, even while the thin-provisioned volume reports available capacity to the

host. When that happens, the storage system can expand the provisioned repository capacity of the volume,

either manually or automatically, depending on how the administrator has configured the feature.

Thin provisioning carries a performance penalty, which varies by case.

The Thin Provisioning Feature

32

Thin provisioning might create a volume that reports more capacity than the volume uses. The actual capacity is managed by means of repositories. Thin provisioning: Is supported with disk pools only Can expand volume to meet demand:

– Manually– Automatically (according to guidelines)

Virtual Capacity(32 megabytes [MB] to 63 TB)

ProvisionedCapacity

(4 GB to 64 TB)Data

ProvisionedCapacity

Quota

Warning Threshold

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 303: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SANTRICITY REPLICATION FEATURES

SANtricity Replication Features

SANtricity Snapshot– Is a capacity-efficient, point-in-time (PiT) image of a volume– Is used for file and volume restoration, backup imaging,

application testing, and so forth SANtricity Volume Copy

– Is a complete copy of a volume, also referred to as a clone– Is used for data set analysis, redistributing data, and so forth

SANtricity Remote Volume Mirroring– Provides continuous replication from one system to another– Is used for off-site disaster recovery, data centralization, and

so forth

NetApp Confidential 33

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 304: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SANTRICITY REPLICATION: VOLUME COPY

You can use the SANtricity Volume Copy feature to create an exact copy of a base volume. Unlike a

Snapshot image, a volume copy is a full copy of the data set, not just a series of pointers to the original

location.

To create a volume copy, the system must have enough free capacity to match the size of the existing base

volume. This capacity might exist on newly-acquired disks. While the copy is being made, the source data is

frozen, so that writes to the source volume are not accepted. You can alleviate this restriction if you use the

Volume Copy feature with the Snapshot feature.

You can use Volume Copy to convert from traditional RAID volume groups to Dynamic Disk Pool

technology. Follow this procedure:

1. Create a Dynamic Disk Pool with available drives.

2. Use the Volume Copy feature to replicate traditional RAID volume group volumes as DDP volumes.

3. After all volumes from a traditional RAID group are replicated, delete the traditional RAID volume

group, and add those drives to the disk pool.

SANtricity ReplicationVolume Copy

A volume copy is a full copy of a base volume to another within a disk system. (A volume copy is also known as a clone.)

The primary uses of a volume copy are:– Consists of a full PiT data set:

Is available for analysis, mining, or testing

Doesn’t impact performance

of production volume

– Redistributes data for performance and capacity optimization: Enables technology migration to

newer, faster, larger drives Moves volumes to more

desirable volume groups

Production Server

Analysis Server

PiTClone

Original Copy

NetApp Confidential 34

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 305: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SANTRICITY REPLICATION: REMOTE VOLUME MIRRORING

Mirroring greatly benefits data recovery processes. Mirroring enables storage systems to work together to

maintain a consistent set of data across platforms. Data from a volume on one system is automatically copied

to a volume on a remote system. If a disaster overtakes the local system, the data is available from the remote

site.

Data is transferred from one system to another by means of two types of mirroring. With synchronous

mirroring, the local system tries to immediately send data to a remote site. With asynchronous mirroring, the

local system tracks the changes over time and then sends those changes at designated intervals.

SANtricity ReplicationRemote Volume Mirroring

Storage-based data replication that is designed to provide ongoing replication of a volume from one system to another

Two mirroring modes:– Synchronous– Asynchronous

Mirror over FC or IP Primary uses:

– Perform disaster recovery– Centralize backup data– Centralize data

mining and analysis

SAN and WAN

Cross Mirroring

Volume

A

Mirror

B

Mirror

A

Volume

B

NetApp Confidential 35

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 306: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SYNCHRONOUS MIRRORING

In its main mode, synchronous mirroring sends new data to the remote system before returning the status of

any incoming write operation. In this manner, data at the two sites is always exactly the same. If the local

system is unable to complete the transfer, the local system can either break the mirror relationship or reject the

I/Os, based on the user’s choice. To maintain the mirror without unduly slowing down the local I/O,

synchronous mirroring requires a very fast connection between storage systems.

Synchronous Mirroring

Write operations are sent to the remote system before the status is returned to the host.

Synchronous mirroring:– Guarantees that data matches at all times– Requires a fast link between sites

36

Local Remote

3. The status is returned to the host.

1. A write comes in from a host.

2. The write is copied to a remote system.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 307: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-37 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ASYNCHRONOUS MIRRORING

The asynchronous mirroring feature operates differently. All changes on the local volume are logged and

tracked. After a certain time, all the changes are sent to the remote system as a background process. Because

this transfer is not tied to the local I/O, it never impacts application performance. Therefore, the feature can

use much slower or longer connections between storage systems, such as iSCSI.

Although the local and remote volumes almost never are perfectly matched, the differences between the

volumes are a function of the time interval between transfers. Thus the differences are consistent and

predictable.

Asynchronous Mirroring

Write operations are sent to the remote system at scheduled intervals.

Asynchronous mirroring:– Can use lower-speed connections– Makes data differences predictable

37

Local Remote3. A log of changed data

is recorded.

2. The status is returned to the host.

1. A write comes in from a host.

4. Changed data is sent to a remote system at a scheduled time.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 308: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-38 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DRIVE ENCRYPTION

Drive Encryption is the only premium feature that is available at an additional charge to E-Series customers.

Users often are unable to control the security of disk drives, which can be misplaced, sent off-site for service

or repair, or disposed of. The SANtricity Drive Encryption feature combines local key management and drive-

level encryption for comprehensive data security. Data is protected throughout the drive’s lifecycle without

affecting storage system performance or ease of use.

Drive Encryption prevents unauthorized access to the data on a full-disk encryption (FDE)–capable drive that

is physically removed from a storage array. Controllers in the storage array use a shared security key, and

secure drives provide access to data only through a controller with the correct security key. Drive security is a

premium feature of the storage management software, and it must be enabled by using a premium feature key

attained from NetApp.

The drive security feature enables FDE-capable drives to encrypt data during writes and to decrypt data

during reads. When a secure volume group or a Dynamic Disk Pool (DDP) is created from security-capable

drives, the drives in that volume group or pool become security enabled. When a security-capable drive has

been security enabled, the drive requires the correct security key from a controller to read or write the data.

All drives and controllers in a storage array share the same security key for read/write access.

Drive Encryption

Data is made secure at the basic level (the hard drive) and is protected throughout the drive’s lifecycle:

– Covers most data exposures and vulnerabilities all at once– Enables the return of defective drives for servicing

Unparalleled security assurance is provided with the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 128 encryption algorithm: – Is approved by the U.S. government for

protecting secret-level classified data– Is approved for FIPS 140-2 Level 2– Is acceptable per the National Security Agency (NSA) for

use with sensitive and classified national security data

NetApp Confidential 38

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 309: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-39 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: EF-SERIES STORAGE SYSTEMS

EF-Series Storage Systems

Lesson 3

39NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 310: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-40 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES: CUSTOMER CHALLENGES

The EF-Series solution focuses on three challenges:

Application acceleration

Enterprises seek ways to drive greater speed and responsiveness from the applications that control key

business operations. Because the performance of these applications is tightly linked to revenue, productivity,

time-to-market, and customer satisfaction, it is critical that they operate at maximum potential. The EF-Series

delivers consistent, predictable, submillisecond response times that are possible only with all-flash storage.

EF-Series systems reduce application wait times to help companies shorten run cycles, speed time to market,

improve employee productivity, respond more quickly to customers, drive higher revenues, and increase

efficiency.

Overprovisioning

The traditional approach to addressing performance requirements was to overprovision capacity, but this is no

longer an acceptable solution. Companies are tired of deploying and supporting racks of spinning disk that are

partially populated and seek better methods for meeting performance SLAs. All-flash arrays help eliminate

overprovisioning and maximize return on investment from high-performance applications.

The EF-Series solution:

Matches the performance of two full racks of hard drives, or 1,000 spinning disk

Requires just two rack units, thus reducing footprint, power, and cooling requirements by up to 95%

EF-SeriesCustomer Challenges

NetApp Confidential 40

How can customers drive greater speed and responsiveness from their applications? How can customers avoid overprovisioning and maximize return on investment? How can customers offload I/O-intensive workloads that affect latency?

Challenge

The EF-Series solution is an all-flash storage array that combines extreme performance and enterprise-grade reliability.

EF-Series

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 311: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-41 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

I/O offload

Shared storage provides tremendous economic value to customers. The NetApp offering of FAS and the Data

ONTAP OS is the best in the market. Yet sometimes I/O-intensive workloads negatively affect shared storage

environments by consuming valuable compute resources. In many cases, these are temporary workflows (such

as scratch space or swap space); they don’t require the efficiency and protection features that are provided by

shared storage. The EF-Series enables you to offload the I/O-intensive workloads that affect latency and user

experience the most. The resulting combined solution delivers improved performance and responsiveness

with headroom on the shared storage platform, enabling additional growth.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 312: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-42 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES: NETAPP FLASH ARRAY HIGHLIGHTS

The NetApp EF-Series is an all-flash storage array that combines extreme performance and enterprise-grade

reliability to create a system that is optimized for latency-sensitive workloads. The core architecture of the

EF-Series platform has been proven in the world’s most demanding and complex computing environments.

The fully-redundant EF-Series all-flash array is architected to provide the highest levels of reliability,

availability, and data protection.

EF-SeriesNetApp Flash Array Highlights

41

Enterprise-class storage that is designed for performance-driven applications withsubmillisecond latency requirements

Streamlined OS that is optimized for price and performance

IOPS density and scale-up capacity Field-proven platform

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 313: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-43 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF550

The EF550 is available for customer purchase. The specifications are displayed in the table.

The EF-Series all-flash array is ideal for enterprise accounts that want to drive greater speed and

responsiveness from the I/O-intensive workloads that control key business operations, such as OLTP, OLAP,

business intelligence, and virtualization.

For instance, the EF-Series platform currently supports:

Fast databases

Virtual desktop environments

Genomic research

Accelerated HPC metadata

EF550

NetApp Confidential 42

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 314: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-44 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KEY USE CASES FOR EF-SERIES SOLUTIONS

EF-Series simple SAN solutions have been deployed in these customer use cases.

Key Use Cases for EF-Series Solutions

43NetApp Confidential

Application Acceleration Business-critical applications that require

consistent, predictable, submillisecondresponsiveness

I/O Offload Free core storage of I/O-intensive workloads

that consume valuable shared resources

Overprovisioning Takeout Elimination of overprovisioning through IOPS

density to dramatically reduce costs

2 Racks

Down to 2U

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 315: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-45 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Describe the customer challenges that are

addressed by E-Series systems List the products in the E-Series portfolio Describe the features of NetApp SANtricity

storage management software Describe the customer challenges that are

addressed by EF-Series systems List the products in the EF-Series portfolio

NetApp Confidential 44

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 316: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-46 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 8: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 45

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 317: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-47 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. List three words that begin with the letter “S”

that describe E-Series storage systems.

46NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 318: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-48 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. Complete the missing entries in this table of E-Series systems and characteristics.

47

Platform E2600 E2700 E5400

Descriptor Entry-level 6-Gb SAS system

Midrange performance

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 319: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-49 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #3

Knowledge Check: Question #3

3. List key use cases for EF-Series storage systems.

48NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 320: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-50 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #4

Knowledge Check: Question #4

4. List several SANtricity features that require users to set up and configure details before use.

49NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 321: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-51 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #5

Knowledge Check: Question #5

5. List the SANtricity replication features.

50NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 322: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

8-52 Designing NetApp Solutions: E-Series and EF-Series Storage Systems

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #6

Knowledge Check: Question #6

6. What is a volume copy?a. A capacity-efficient, point-in-time (PiT)

image of a volumeb. A full copy of a point-in-time (PiT) image of a

volumec. A continuous replication from one system to

another

51NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 323: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 9: NETAPP ALL-FLASH ARRAY PORTFOLIO

NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

Module 9

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 324: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: List the components of the NetApp all-flash array

portfolio Describe the key functionalities of EF-Series systems List the key benefits of the EF-Series platform Describe the reference architectures that utilize the

EF-Series platform Describe the key benefits of the FlashRay

architecture Explain the positioning of EF-Series versus FlashRay

technology

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 325: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP FLASH ARRAY PORTFOLIO

NetApp offers two all-flash array platforms to best address customer needs, the EF-Series platform and the

FlashRay platform.

Both platforms deliver:

Ultra-high performance

Sustained low latency

Enterprise Reliability, Availability, Security (RAS)

Worldwide support

The AutoSupport support tool

The EF-Series leverages high-performance E-Series controller technology and streamlined SANtricity storage

OS. This combination, which has been proven in the world’s most demanding and complex computing

environments, brings together extreme performance and enterprise-grade reliability to create a system

optimized for database-driven applications where responsiveness is critical. And its SANtricity software

combines streamlined firmware, extensive configuration flexibility, custom performance tuning, online

administration and complete control over data placement to power a system designed to deliver consistent,

low latency performance.

FlashRay is a new architecture that utilizes new hardware and new software. The version 1 release of

FlashRay is targeted for mid-2014.

NetApp Flash Array Portfolio

3

Leverages E-Series technology

Runs the SANtricity storage OS

EF-Series

Is a completely new architecture

Offers new hardware and new software

Targets the version 1 release for mid-2014

FlashRay

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 326: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES: PERFORMANCE-OPTIMIZED PLATFORM

The EF-Series was designed for flash. The NetApp EF-Series platform addresses performance requirements

to achieve greater speeds and response times. So the EF-Series architecture is equally adept at managing

ultrahigh IOPS and massive bandwidth.

The SANtricity software is a streamlined OS that is ideally suited for flash and for the extreme demands of

latency-sensitive workloads. SANtricity is lightweight and efficient and uses minimal CPU instructions per

I/O.

The EF-Series hardware has a fast and wide internal bus:

Its speed enables it to manage large numbers of small transactions, and its width enables it to manage

large sequential I/O.

The hardware-based RAID parity engines enable efficient completion of compute-intensive tasks.

The target and initiator drivers are generally developed within the organization as opposed to standard

Linux or Windows, which helps your customers optimize performance from the architecture.

EF-Series Performance-Optimized Platform

Optimized software: Streamlined OS that is ideally suited for flash Highly efficient with minimal instructions per I/O

Optimized hardware: Fast and wide internal bus Hardware-based parity calculations Proprietary target and initiator drivers

4

Equally adept at ultra-high IOPS and massive bandwidth

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 327: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES SSD TECHNOLOGY

When NetApp selects a drive, that drive must meet expectations for endurance and lifespan plus performance.

The NetApp qualification process ensures that your customers receive the optimum experience that they

expect from NetApp products. Recently, significant improvements have been made to SSD drives. Although

such drive technology is constantly changing, NetApp is committed to delivering a reliable product that is

warrantied for up to 5 years.

Currently, the EF-Series system utilizes a SanDisk Lightning SSD that is rated at 10 DWPD, which is

considered to be “medium endurance” or “mixed use.” SanDisk Lightning SSDs are specifically designed for

demanding, mission-critical, 24/7 applications.

EF-Series SSD Technology

The drive must meet endurance and performance expectations:– It is characterized by DWPD (drive writes per day).– Write endurance is more critical than NAND type.

The EF-Series solid-state drive (SSD) is a mixed-use drive:– It is rated at 10 DWPD (medium endurance).– The NAND type can be single-level cell (SLC) or multilevel

cell (MLC). Currently it is SLC, but it is moving to enterprise MLC (eMLC).

– It is warrantied for up to 5 years with a life expectance of over 5 years

The drive uses integrated flash technologies.– It enables wear leveling, and so forth.

5NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 328: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES CONFIGURATION

The EF550 is available in two fixed configurations that are based on 800-gigabyte (GB) SSDs in a 2U/24

shelf: 9.6 terabytes (TB) (12 drives) and 19.2 TB (24 drives).

EF-Series Configuration

6

Front View

Rear View

NetApp EF550 Flash Array

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 329: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

The EF550 includes:

A 2U/24-drive shelf

Two EF550 controllers

24 GB of controller cache (12 GB per controller)

(12) or (24) 800-GB or 1.6-TB SSDs, (which are scheduled for release in 2014)

SANtricity storage manager software

For the EF550, you must specify a host interface at time of order.

Choices are:

16-gigabit (Gb) FC (four ports per controller)

10-Gb iSCSI (four ports per controller)

6-Gb SAS (four ports per controller)

40-Gb InfiniBand (four ports per controller)

Country-specific power cords require an additional charge.

EF-Series Product Specifications

7

EF550 Product Specifications

Base Models

12 drives (9.6 TB) 24 drives (19.2 TB)

Expandable Up to 120 drives (96 TB)

Drive 800 GB, 1.6 TB, mixed-use, SSD

I/O Interface Options

Options: (8) 16-Gb FC (8) 6-Gb SAS (8) 10-Gb iSCSI (4) 40-Gb

Backend Drive Port Four 6-Gb SAS

System Cache 24 GB (12 GB per controller)

Storage OS SANtricity 11.10

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 330: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES PERFORMANCE

NetApp brings years of focused development and experience supporting tier-one database environments to its

development of the EF-Series platform. The EF-Series platform delivers consistent, sustainable, low-latency

performance under varying workloads and conditions. The table displays the highlights of the EF550 flash

array.

EF-Series Performance

EF550 Performance

Burst IOPS from controller cache (512-byte I/O)

900,000

Sustained read IOPS from SSD at under 1 millisecond (ms) latency (4K I/O)

Over 450,000

Sustained bandwidth on sequential reads (512K I/O)

12 gigabytes per second (GBps)

8

Consistent, sustainable, low-latency

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 331: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES KEY BENEFITS

The E-Series platform effectively addresses challenges that many enterprises face: application acceleration,

overprovisioning, and I/O offload.

The EF-Series platform combines extreme IOPS and submillisecond response times with leading, enterprise-

proven RAS features. These capabilities enable the EF-Series to deliver the following benefits:

Extreme Performance

The EF-Series platform accelerates database-driven applications to drive higher revenue.

Over 450,000 IOPS and submillisecond latency enables you to finish business operations faster, increase

productivity, and improve customer experience.

Maximum IT Efficiency

The EF-Series platform eliminates overprovisioning and dramatically reduces costs. It does this by cutting

space and delivering the performance of over 1,000 traditional 15K drives, while reducing storage power and

cooling by up to 95%.

EF-Series Key Benefits

9

Extreme Performance

Maximum IT Efficiency

Enterprise Reliability

Advanced Data Recovery Enterprise Proven

Platform and Support

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 332: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

Enterprise Reliability

The fully redundant HA architecture of the EF-Series platform provides advanced management, data

protection, and diagnostic features that keep business operations running with field-proven, enterprise-class

reliability, availability, and protection.

Advanced Data Recovery

The EF-Series platform provides Snapshot references and replication to full-flash, hybrid, or spinning disk

storage, which enables leading recovery time and cost flexibility.

Enterprise Proven Platform & Support

The NetApp EF550 flash array is designed to work in the most demanding environments. It was built on 20

years of experience across 650,000 systems.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 333: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMPLETE SOLUTION OFFERINGS

Flash is an exciting topic with increasing visibility, yet not all solutions depend on a dedicated flash array.

You can leverage NetApp’s full product portfolio to offer your customers differentiated solutions that fully

address their requirements.

For example, you can bring in an EF550 all-flash array for latency-sensitive data. You can include a NetApp

FAS system for datasets that can derive a greater benefit from a balance of performance with the efficiency

and management capabilities of the Data ONTAP operating system.

You might offer a combined EF and FAS solution, which provides the extreme performance of the EF550,

plus the robust efficiencies and integrated protection of Data ONTAP.

NetApp’s complete solution offerings provide your customers with proven technology that is backed by a

single vendor.

Complete Solution Offerings

The NetApp portfolio leverages complementary platforms based on primary need:– EF-Series systems for latency-sensitive

data – FAS systems for datasets that require

storage efficiency and data protection

A combined architecture provides differentiated value:– Extreme EF-Series performance plus

robust Data ONTAP efficiencies and integrated protection

– Proven technology across the portfolio– Single-vendor support contact

10NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 334: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMPLETE SOLUTION OFFERINGS: EF-SERIES + FAS FOR ORACLE

All the read workloads are serviced from the EF550 Oracle ASM disk group fail group through the

ASM_PREFERRED_READ_FAILURE_GROUPS setting. The capability of Data ONTAP to coalesce writes

and distribute I/O over numerous spindles prevents write performance limitations.

Customers can create application-consistent backups instantaneously with the NetApp Snap Creator

Framework, which creates Snapshot copies on the NetApp FAS storage array, where the second Oracle

ASM fail group is configured.

You can quickly perform database recovery by means of a NetApp SnapRestore operation. The

application can run temporarily on the second Oracle ASM fail group, while the rebalancing takes place

on the primary fail group, which is on the EF550 all-flash array.

You can use SnapMirror or SnapVault to configure NetApp FAS storage to replicate data to a remote

location. Also, you can use FlexClone volumes to create database copies on the FAS storage array, to

provision development and test environments.

The solution is simple and uses standard Oracle ASM mirroring that is easily managed by database

administrators.

Complete Solution OfferingsEF-Series + FAS for Oracle

The EF+FAS solution combines extreme performance with Data ONTAP efficiencies and integrated protection: Oracle ASM mirrors data

to each storage platform:– No performance impact

EF550 as the preferred read path provides ultrahigh IOPS and <1 ms latency.

FAS provides rich data management.

11

FlexClone

Snapshot Backup

FAS System

EF-Series

Administration with Oracle ASM

Oracle ASMMirroring

Oracle Fail Group 1

Oracle Fail Group 2

Exceptional Manageability with Snap Creator and Oracle Plug-InTR-4145

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 335: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMPLETE SOLUTION OFFERINGS: EF-SERIES + FAS FOR SYBASE

SAP Sybase authorized service engineer (ASE) Replication Server flexibly replicates data from any source to

any destination by supporting numerous platforms, character sets, and languages. Sybase Replication Server

meets throughput and latency requirements for the most challenging ASE environments.

The EF+FAS solution combines extreme performance with Data ONTAP efficiencies and integrated

protection.

The Sybase ASE replication server replicates data

to any destination.

EF550 provides ultrahigh IOPS and <1 ms latency.

FAS provides rich data management.

Complete Solution OfferingsEF-Series + FAS for Sybase

12

The EF+FAS solution combines extreme performance with Data ONTAP efficiencies and integrated protection: The Sybase ASE

replication server replicates data to any destination.

EF550 provides ultrahigh IOPS and <1 ms latency.

FAS provides rich data management.

Sybase ASEPrimary Server

Sybase ASEReplication

Server

Secondary Database

FAS System

EF-Series

Primary Database

Administration using Sybase Standard Tools

FlexClone

Snapshot Backup

Sybase Replication

Exceptional Manageability with Snap Creator and Oracle Plug-InTR-4126

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 336: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMPLETE SOLUTION OFFERINGS: EF-SERIES + FAS FOR VDI

The NetApp EF all-flash array acts as the primary storage for all persistent virtual desktops. It provides the

I/O performance and throughput that is necessary to support thousands of persistent virtual desktop users in a

2-U footprint that contains up to 24 SSD drives.

Customers have the option of using a NetApp FAS storage architecture with CIFS/NFS for components such

as:

Profile management

User home directories

Mobile data access

Sharing:

– NetApp Connect

– VMware Horizon Workspace

– Citrix ShareFile

Complete Solution OfferingsEF-Series + FAS for VDI

The EF+FAS solution combines extreme performance with Data ONTAP efficiencies and integrated protection: OS or swap workloads are

serviced from the EF550:– View (linked clones)– Citrix (PVS)

Data ONTAP maintains persistent data backup and replication.

13

NetApp NAS, Snapshot Copies, Replication, Deduplication, Compression

FlexClone

Snapshot Backup

FAS System

EF-Series

VMware vSphere View or

Citrix

Low Latency for OS or Swap Workloads

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 337: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMPLETE SOLUTION OFFERINGS: EF-SERIES + ATLANTIS FOR VDI POWER USERS

The EF all-flash array with Atlantis ILIO architecture helps position you effectively against any competitor in

the virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) space. Details on the architecture design and performance results are

available in the technical white paper that is currently available.

The white paper showcases a power VDI use case in which 2,000 persistent desktops were validated with 50

IOPS per desktop in 2U all-flash storage and Atlantis host-side I/O optimization software. The impressive

total was 100K IOPS.

Scale testing was done with LoginVSI (which is an industry-standard VDI benchmarking tool) and the

Atlantis load-generation tool that simulates real-world VDI, which together generated 50 IOPS per desktop.

The test results were impressive:

– 50+ IOPS and 30GB per desktop

– An excellent <2ms user response time

No user experienced degradation upon one storage controller failure. This was validated by having one

storage controller run the 100K IOPS workload for all 2,000 users.

Atlantis ILIO offloaded 60% IOPS and capacity deduplication at the host layer, so that the 2U EF with

6.7 TB of usable storage supported 2,000 users with 30 GB per user.

Complete Solution OfferingsEF-Series + Atlantis for VDI Power Users

EF-Series plus Atlantis ILIO: Cost-effective VDI solution for

power users that require more than 35 IOPS per desktop– Developers, high graphics and

CAD users, and healthcare picture archiving and communication system s (PACS)

Benefits: Easy to deploy and manage A better-than-PC user experience Improved economics Highly available with

no disruption to quality of service (QoS)

14

HypervisorHosts

VMware vSphere 5.1

Atlantis ILIO Persistent

VDI 4.1Application

AnalysisInline

DeduplicationI/O Processing Compression

EF-Series Flash Array

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 338: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES: BEATING THE COMPETITION

What are key advantages of the NetApp EF-Series platform over its competitors in the all-flash array market?

An all-flash array for “real-life” performance in the enterprise must be designed to work optimally outside

the engineering or benchmarking lab. The EF-Series platform is built on NetApp’s longstanding heritage

of performance leadership and enterprise-class RAS.

NetApp has 30 years of experience in designing high-performance storage for production environments,

including the most demanding tier-one database environments. The result is a resilient and highly

efficient design that is ideally suited for the extreme demands of latency-sensitive workloads.

The EF-Series architecture is field-proven to deliver consistent, sustainable, low-latency performance.

Because the applications that an all-flash array is designed to support are often the heart of a corporation’s

business processes, the EF-Series was built with enterprise robustness in mind. The EF-Series flash array is

architected to provide the highest levels of RAS, with features such as:

A fully redundant I/O path with automated failover and hot-swappable components

Advanced monitoring and diagnostic features

Nondisruptive serviceability.

More importantly, the EF-Series is backed by the worldwide NetApp support organization.

The NetApp SANtricity management interface is both intuitive and powerful, enabling storage administrators

to achieve maximum performance and utilization of their EF-Series systems. SANtricity offers plug-ins and

providers for tight integration with VMware, Oracle, and Microsoft applications.

All in all, the EF-Series offers a collection of features that very few competitors can match.

Competitive one-page summaries that cover Violin Memory, IBM TMS, and Nimbus Data are available on

the NetApp Field Portal.

EF-SeriesBeating the Competition

NetApp enterprise-class reliability and availability leveraging experience from over 715,000 deployments

NetApp global support providing 24/7, four-hour replacement The NetApp history of proven performance leadership supporting the

world’s most demanding and complex computing environments

Real-world performance supporting a wide variety of workload requirements

Fully redundant, highly available architecture that is designed to eliminate downtime

A complete product offering stack: NetApp FAS hybrid systems, all-flash arrays (EF550), and the E-Series hybrid system

Complete data protection capabilities, including Snapshot copies and synchronous and asynchronous replication to meet the broadest set of service-level objectives and recovery needs

15NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 339: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FLASHRAY WITH MARS OS

FlashRay is a new all-flash array from NetApp. FlashRay is the name of the hardware (like FAS or E-Series),

and Mars is the name of the OS (like Data ONTAP or SANtricity).

The FlashRay architecture and Mars OS are optimized from the ground up to take full advantage of flash

media, delivering high random and sequential performance at submillisecond latencies.

What differentiates FlashRay is the combination of performance and classic NetApp value:

A scale-out architecture with seamless scalability

A best-in-class storage efficiency using global inline deduplication and compression

A rich set of data management features for enterprise-class availability and reliability

The version 1 release of the FlashRay platform is targeted for mid-2014.

FlashRay with Mars OS

New all-flash array offering:– New hardware architecture (FlashRay)

and new software (Mars OS) – Designed from the ground up to

maximize the benefits of flash Differentiated with classic NetApp value

– Seamless scalability– Built-in efficiencies– Enterprise-class capabilities– Rich set of data management features– Worldwide support

16NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 340: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

BENEFITS OF FLASHRAY

Performance: Delivering consistent low latency is a key differentiator from hybrid solutions (including

server flash), which attempt to optimize average latency. However, when there is a cache miss, hybrid

solutions incur a HDD latency penalty. FlashRay delivers consistent low latencies in the range of lower than

half-a-millisecond, which improves application performance in a variety of enterprise workloads.

Storage Efficiency: FlashRay architecture is designed for “write optimized stack” operations, which are

essential to ensure that flash has enough write life. Global inline deduplication and compression are critical to

achieve the required storage efficiency to make all-flash arrays economically attractive. FlashRay is

architected to ensure that turning on deduplication and compression does not result in performance

degradation.

Scalability: All-flash arrays offer no room for scale-up, since the controller unit often cannot match the IOPS

delivery capability of the flash. All-flash array architectures must be easy and seamless for customers to scale.

The scale-out capability of FlashRay architecture allows NetApp to differentiate from competitive flash array

offerings.

Benefits of FlashRay

17

Enterprise-Class

Capabilities Replication Multi-protocol App integration

Storage Efficiency Global inline

deduplication Inline compression Snapshot copies and

clones

Performance Write optimized High IOPS Consistent latency

Scalability Scale-out

architecture with auto balancing

Multi-tenancy

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 341: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

Enterprise-class RAS capabilities: NetApp is building an enterprise-class solution with a rich set of data

management features that enterprises have come to expect for mission-critical workloads. Key capabilities of

the FlashRay design include:

High availability, ability to capture Snapshots, and RAID

An architecture to replicate and backup to other FlashRay storage systems as well as clustered Data

ONTAP

A roadmap that supports multiprotocol access to enable adoption across a diverse set of targeted

workloads

The capability for data management at the appropriate level of granularity including the level of

individual objects (LUNs or files) and at the level of a consistency group, node, or cluster

– This capability enables deduplication, compression, snapshot copies and the replication of clones at

an optimal level of granularity

A high investment in the FlashRay technology to ensure its integration with the key applications that are

required for targeted workloads

QoS: FlashRay is architected to host multiple workloads, utilizing software mechanisms to define latency and

IOPS targets. The system uses system partitioning to allocate resources to meet these targets.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 342: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EF-SERIES VERSUS FLASHRAY

NetApp offers two products in the Flash Array portfolio: the EF-Series platform, which ships today, and the

FlashRay platform, which will ship in mid CY2014. Both platforms provide ultrahigh performance, consistent

submillisecond responsiveness, and enterprise-class RAS features. Like all NetApp products, both all-flash

arrays are backed by NetApp worldwide support and offer full Auto Support integration. The task of

positioning the two platforms is straightforward, as their individual strengths are complementary.

The EF-Series field-proven platform offers a highly efficient, streamlined operating system that excels at I/O-

intensive workloads where the focus is on ultralow latency, IOPS density, scale-up capacity, and enterprise-

class RAS.

FlashRay is a new architecture that is built from the ground up to maximize the capabilities of flash while still

delivering classic NetApp values. The FlashRay Mars OS combines low-latency performance with robust data

management and built-in efficiencies, such as global inline deduplication and inline compression. FlashRay is

designed as a shared-storage platform that also offers:

Multiprotocol support

Secure multi-tenancy

Scale-out with auto-balancing

EF-Series Versus FlashRay

18

EF-Series FlashRay*

OSIs streamlined and optimized for performance Is designed from the ground up for flash

Efficiency Leverages the application Is integrated in the array (deduplication and so forth)

Density Provides a small footprint (2U) Provides a larger footprint (8U)

ScalabilityScales up: Provides grow capacity and fixed compute

Scales out: Provides grow compute and capacity

ProtocolsAre block-only (FC, iSCSI, InfiniBand [IB], SAS) Are block and file (FC, iSCSI, CIFS, NFS)

*Architectural vision. Not all features are available at GA.

EF-Series FlashRay*

Positioning

A field-proven platform that is designed for I/O-intensive workloads that focus on ultralow latency, IOPS density,scale-up capacity, and enterprise RAS

A purpose-built architecture that maximizes the capabilities of flash yet delivers the classic NetApp values of efficiency, protection, and scale

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 343: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: List the components of the NetApp all-flash array portfolio Describe the key functionalities of EF-Series systems List the key benefits of the EF-Series platform Describe the reference architectures that utilize the EF-Series

platform Describe the key benefits of the FlashRay architecture Explain the positioning of EF-Series versus FlashRay technology

19NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 344: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK

Module 9: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

Knowledge Check

NetApp Confidential 20

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 345: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #1

Knowledge Check: Question #1

1. Which NetApp all-flash array product is designed for I/O-intensive workloads that focus on ultralow latency, IOPS density, scale-up capacity, and enterprise RAS?

21NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 346: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

9-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: NetApp All-Flash Array Portfolio

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

KNOWLEDGE CHECK: QUESTION #2

Knowledge Check: Question #2

2. Which NetApp all-flash array product maximizes the capabilities of flash yet delivers the classic NetApp values of efficiency, protection and scale?

22NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 347: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 10: BASIC DESIGN TOOLS

Basic Design Tools

Module 10

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 348: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Use Hardware Universe to find system

specifications Use the Interoperability Matrix Tool (IMT) to

ensure that your customer’s environment is

compatible with NetApp solutions Use ConfigEdge to align solutions with your

customer’s budget

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 349: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: HARDWARE UNIVERSE

Lesson 1

3

Hardware Universe

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 350: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HARDWARE UNIVERSE: WHAT AND WHY

Hardware Universe is a web application that provides a visual presentation of the complete NetApp line of

hardware products, including NetApp system controllers, adapters, shelves, disks, cabinets, and cables.

For instance, Hardware Universe enables you to compare features of a controller side by side. You can

compare:

System capacity

Memory size

Maximum spindle count

Other features

Then you can decide which controllers meet your requirements.

Access the Hardware Universe application at http://hwu.netapp.com.

Hardware UniverseWhat and Why

What is it?Hardware Universe is a web and smartphone application that provides full specifications for all NetApp hardware.

Why does a system engineer (SE) use it? – To find hardware data such as: required software

version, maximum disk drives, and available expansion cards

– To see photos of NetApp hardware– To download NetApp hardware reference sheets– To answer customer questions about the hardware– To verify the accuracy of specifications in a proposal

NetApp Confidential 4

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 351: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HARDWARE UNIVERSE: WHEN AND HOW

Use data that is provided by Hardware Universe:

In your earliest conversations with the customer

When you build your proposal

When you prepare the final Bill of Materials

Hardware UniverseWhen and How

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?Hardware Universe provides data that is useful for all phases of the sales cycle.

How do you access it?– Click http://hwu.netapp.com.– Download the smartphone version at

http://app.netapp.com.

NetApp Confidential 5

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 352: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HARDWARE UNIVERSE: INPUT

Notice that all specifications are dependent on OS version, which must be selected first.

Hardware UniverseInput

NetApp Confidential 6

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 353: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

HARDWARE UNIVERSE: OUTPUT

This example displays output you might see when you use the Hardware Universe tool to perform a search for

controller specifications.

Hardware UniverseOutput

NetApp Confidential 7

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 354: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LEARNING ACTIVITY: HARDWARE UNIVERSE

To complete this activity, open a browser and navigate to http://hwu.netapp.com. Log in to the application

and enter your NetApp Support credentials.

Lesson 1: Hardware UniverseLearning Activity

NetApp Confidential 8

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 355: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

USING HARDWARE UNIVERSE: DISK DRIVES

Use the Hardware Universe to answer these questions:

What is the marketing capacity of the largest disk drive that is available for a Data ONTAP system?

What is the part number of the largest disk drive?

Using Hardware UniverseDisk Drives

A shared infrastructure customer asks how big NetApp disks are. What is the marketing capacity of the largest disk drive that is available for a Data ONTAP system?

Since the customer has shown interest, you decide to record the part number. What is the part number of the largest disk drive?

NetApp Confidential 9

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 356: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

USING HARDWARE UNIVERSE: ADAPTERS

Use the Hardware Universe to answer these questions about the EF550 Flash Array:

What is the greatest total throughput available from a single add-on card?

What is the connection technology of this card?

Using Hardware UniverseAdapters

A customer is interested in an EF550 Flash Array, and the customer needs maximum throughput. What is the greatest total throughput that is available from a single add-on card?

You want to know if the customer’s servers

can connect to this card. What is the connection technology of this card?

NetApp Confidential 10

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 357: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

USING HARDWARE UNIVERSE: CONTROLLERS

Use the Hardware Universe to answer these questions:

Which currently available FAS controller generates the least heat, worst case, in an HA pair?

In a worst-case scenario, how many watts does this HA pair consume?

Using Hardware UniverseControllers

A customer is worried about the load on their data center cooling system. Which currently available FAS controller generates the least heat, worst case, in a high-availability (HA) pair?

The customer’s power consumption is under

close scrutiny. In a worst-case scenario, how many watts does this HA pair consume?

NetApp Confidential 11

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 358: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL

Lesson 2

12

The Interoperability Matrix Tool

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 359: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: WHAT AND WHY

It is important to know which NetApp products and third-party products are supported for use within your

customer’s configuration. Many products exist, and the dependencies between them are complex. The IMT

has an easy-to-use interface and expanded search capabilities, which help you ensure that the configuration

that you sell to the customer is a supported configuration. Using the IMT before the sale helps you to avoid

problems after the sale. When you make the IMT an integral part of your sales process, you sell with more

confidence.

The Interoperability Matrix ToolWhat and Why

What is it?The Interoperability Matrix Tool (IMT) is a web application that enables you to search for known compatible configurations of NetApp products interacting with third-party products.

Why does an SE use it?– To ensure that a customer’s current hardware and

software are compatible with a NetApp solution– To find detailed configuration information for

NetApp and third-party components that are working together

– To create a remediation plan for any known incompatibilities between NetApp and third-party technologies

13NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 360: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: WHEN AND HOW

Be sure to verify solution compatibility early in the sales cycle. A missed incompatibility between products

can lead to implementation problems, an escalation in support issues, and an unhappy customer.

The Interoperability Matrix ToolWhen and How

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?Use the IMT early in the sales cycle to verify compatibility.

How do you access it?Click http://support.netapp.com/matrix.

14NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 361: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: INPUT

For detailed instructions on how to use the IMT, download the IMT User Guide at:

http://support.netapp.com/matrix/help-cms/pdf/User%20Guide.pdf.

The Interoperability Matrix ToolInput

15NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 362: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: OUTPUT: CONFIGURATION DETAILS

This is a sample report from the Interoperability Matrix Tool. You can access the section tabs for

Components, Notes, History, and Policies & Guidelines for each configuration.

The Interoperability Matrix ToolOutput: Configuration Details

16NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 363: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: OUTPUT: DIMMED COMPONENTS

As you add components, other components may become unavailable, appearing dimmed. The dimmed items

are not supported in combination with the components that you added.

The Interoperability Matrix ToolOutput: Dimmed Components

Unsupported components are dimmed.

17NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 364: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LEARNING ACTIVITY: INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL

To complete this activity, open a browser and navigate to http://support.netapp.com/matrix. Log in with your

NetApp Support credentials.

Lesson 2: Interoperability Matrix ToolLearning Activity

NetApp Confidential 18

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 365: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: SMB AND CIFS SUPPORT

Use the IMT to answer this question:

What is the minimum release of Data ONTAP that supports SMB 2.1?

Interoperability Matrix ToolSMB and CIFS Support

An existing customer is running clustered Data ONTAP 8.1.1. The customer is installing a new application that requires Server Message Block (SMB) 2.1 or greater.

What is the minimum release of Data ONTAP that supports SMB 2.1?

NetApp Confidential 19

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 366: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INTEROPERABILITY MATRIX TOOL: FCOE SUPPORT

Use the Interoperability Matrix Tool to answer this question:

Which host OS is supported for SMO over FCoE with the latest release of clustered Data ONTAP?

Interoperability Matrix ToolFCoE Support

A customer is building out a converged infrastructure and needs to run Oracle over FCoE. The customer wants to run the latest release of clustered Data ONTAP and SnapManager for Oracle (SMO).

Which host OS must the customer use?

NetApp Confidential 20

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 367: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 3: CONFIGEDGE

Lesson 3

21

ConfigEdge

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 368: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CONFIGEDGE: WHAT AND WHY

You can use ConfigEdge to:

Model and manage configurations with pricing estimates without having to create a quote or opportunity

Use the Manage Configurations landing page to organize your configurations:

– Maintain and manage configurations

– Make configurations easy to search and edit

Create and save your template configurations as reusable configurations

Share configurations with colleagues, to enable:

– Technical validation

– Price estimation

– Bill of Materials creation

ConfigEdgeWhat and Why

What is it?ConfigEdge is a tool that enables you to model and manage valid, orderable configurations of NetApp products.

Why does an SE use it?– To determine the validity of a configuration– To find the list price of a configuration component– To store configurations for reuse– To share configurations quickly and accurately

NetApp Confidential 22

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 369: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CONFIGEDGE: WHEN AND HOW

ConfigEdge provides access to the standard price list as maintained in the NetApp fulfillment system. Access

the ConfigEdge tool from the CustomerEdge/PartnerEdge portal or from the Tools landing page in the Field

Portal. ConfigEdge does not require you to register an opportunity or create a quote. For this reason,

ConfigEdge is known as the “standalone configurator.”

ConfigEdgeWhen and How

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?– Use ConfigEdge early in the sales cycle to ensure

that proposed solutions align with the customer’s

budget.– Use ConfigEdge late in the sales cycle to build the

Bill of Materials*. How do you access it?

– Go to the Configurations tab in the CustomerEdge or PartnerEdge portal.

– Go to the Tools landing page in the Field portal.

NetApp Confidential 23

*The Bill of Materials is frequently prepared by other members of the sales team.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 370: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CONFIGEDGE: INPUT

ConfigEdge provides drop-down lists and option buttons for data input. All required fields are marked with a

red asterisk. This example shows the Cluster Advisor tool, which you use to configure Data ONTAP clusters

from one to many nodes.

ConfigEdgeInput

NetApp Confidential 24

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 371: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CONFIGEDGE: OUTPUT

The List Price and Extended List Price columns contain the actual price for each component. This list price is

for reference only; it may not be the final price to the customer.

ConfigEdgeOutput

NetApp Confidential 25

*Pricing data removed. Actual pricing will vary.

*

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 372: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CONFIGEDGE: SHARING REUSABLE CONFIGURATIONS

When you configure a solution, select Save as Reusable to share the configuration with other users. Access

to reusable configurations is restricted in the following ways:

You can view only the reusable configurations that you created and saved.

If you need access to a reusable configuration that was created by another user, you must enter the token

ID to access the reusable configuration.

For token-based sharing, when you create a reusable configuration, a unique token is generated. You can

share this token with other users through email. Any user with access to the token can add this

configuration to the quote.

Reusable configurations are also restricted based on product visibility rules.

ConfigEdgeSharing Reusable Configurations

When you create a reusable configuration, a unique token is generated.

You can share this token with other usersthrough email.

To access a reusable configuration, enter the token ID.

Reusable configurations are restricted based on product visibility rules.

26NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 373: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

10-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: Basic Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Use the Hardware Universe to find system

specifications Use the Interoperability Matrix Tool (IMT) to

ensure that your customer’s configuration is

compatible with NetApp solutions Align solutions with a customer budget by

using ConfigEdge

NetApp Confidential 27

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 374: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 11: DETAILED DESIGN TOOLS

Detailed Design Tools

Module 11

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 375: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Use System Performance Modeler (SPM) to

identify hardware configurations that support customer performance requirements

Identify the components of the Synergy tool Use Quick Platform Selector to find the systems

that support a given usable capacity Use Storage WorkBench to quickly build a

storage configuration with controllers, shelves, and disks

Use Storage Design Studio to validate design details

Use Synergy to create solution review materials

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 376: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: SYSTEM PERFORMANCE MODELER

System Performance Modeler

Lesson 1

NetApp Confidential 3

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 377: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ARCHITECTURE PLANNING

ArchitecturePlanning

Architecture Planning

System Performance Modeler

4

Qualification SolutionDesign

SolutionReview

Technical Planning

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 378: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE MODELER: WHAT AND WHY

The SPM is the flagship sizing tool for NetApp storage systems. The SPM tool is built on the Common Sizing

Infrastructure (CSI), which is an API layer that delivers accurate performance and configuration information

to all NetApp performance sizing tools. The CSI provides performance characterization data for every

component element that is used in performance sizing: operating system versions, storage controller

platforms, disk shelf models, and disk types.

The System Performance Modeler What and Why

What is it?A web-based application that models performance characteristics for system and workload sizing

Why does a system engineer (SE) use it?– To determine the appropriate system

configuration for a workload– To compare the performance characteristics of

configuration options

5NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 379: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE MODELER: WHEN AND HOW

The SPM is most valuable during architecture planning. During this phase, the specific details of the

customer’s environment will be used to choose the correct storage platforms and disk technologies to meet the

customer’s performance requirements.

The System Performance ModelerWhen and How

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?During architecture planning

How do you access it?Visit spm.netapp.com.

6NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 380: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

PERFORMANCE SIZING

To do performance sizing, you need to gather more information than just the amount of storage capacity for a

system. The more accurate the information is that you collect, the more accurately your results reflect reality.

When possible, use tools such as PerfMon, iostat, and Perfstat to determine actual metrics such as throughput,

latency, read:write ratio, and random:sequential ratio.

Performance Sizing

Accurate system sizing is not built solely on storage capacity. Performance considerations frequently outweigh capacity requirements.

FC, SAS, SATA, and solid-state disks offer significantly different I/O performance curves.

Learn your customers’ application workloads,

requirements, and storage environments, and obtain data directly from existing systems when you can.

Remember the GIGO rule: “garbage in, garbage

out.”

7NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 381: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SPM FEATURES

Use the forward sizing workflow to suggest a hardware configuration to support a given workload.

Forward sizing is most commonly used for new NetApp customers.

Use the reverse sizing workflow to determine the available headroom for a given system and a given set

of workloads. “Headroom” refers to the storage and processing power that remains available for new

workloads while maintaining high performance. Reverse sizing is most commonly used for existing

NetApp customers.

The E-Series Performance Sizing tool is under development. The beta version is available and is linked from

the SPM.

SPM Features

Data ONTAP Sizing Workflows:– Forward sizing: Suggest configuration– Reverse sizing: Estimate performance

Data ONTAP Hardware and Software Support:– The clustered Data ONTAP operating system– Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode– All currently supported Data ONTAP hardware

Sizing for multiple simultaneous workloads on Data ONTAP

8NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 382: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SPM FORWARD SIZING: WORKFLOW STEPS

SPM Forward SizingWorkflow Steps

1. Document customer information.2. Select Forward Sizing.3. Specify one or more workloads.4. Specify the Data ONTAP operating system

and hardware options.5. Perform sizing.

9NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 383: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FORWARD SIZING WORKFLOW: OUTPUT: SUMMARY

The on-screen output provides a high-level summary. You can view the full report on-screen or from email. A

unique sizing ID is provided for each sizing scenario that you run, which enables you to:

Share the sizing with other users

Provide feedback on the sizing

Request additional help

Forward Sizing Workflow Output: Summary

10

Open the .pdf file within the browser, or email the file to yourself.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 384: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

FORWARD SIZING WORKFLOW: OUTPUT: FULL REPORT

The full SPM sizing report includes details such as:

Controller information and the required number of controllers

Disk recommendations, such as the required number of each disk type and whether the number is

determined by performance or capacity

Workload breakdown and layout

Estimated controller utilization

Forward Sizing WorkflowOutput: Full Report

11NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 385: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SPM FEATURES

System Performance Modeler saves all sizing scenarios, which you can then reuse or share with colleagues.

SPM Features

12NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 386: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SPM RESOURCES

SPM Resources

These resources are linked from the SPM Help menu: FAQ The NetApp Sizers community User Guide Feedback Training videos

13NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 387: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON EXERCISE

Please refer to your exercise guide.

Module 11: Detailed Design ToolsSystem Performance ModelerTime Estimate: 60 Minutes

Lesson Exercise

NetApp Confidential 14

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 388: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: NETAPP SYNERGY

Lesson 2

15

NetApp Synergy

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 389: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SYNERGY: WHAT AND WHY

The Synergy user authenticates with a NetApp Support ID, and the Synergy tool downloads the latest product,

configuration, and best practice data from NetApp servers.

NetApp SynergyWhat and Why

What is it?NetApp Synergy is a Windows application that provides a suite of tools that accurately models NetApp storage controllers to design customer solutions.

Why does an SE use it?– To create detailed storage capacity modeling– To validate system design choices– To verify aggregate system specifications, such as

power consumption and heat generation– To prepare installation scripts

NetApp Confidential 16

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 390: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SYNERGY: WHEN AND HOW

NetApp SynergyWhen and How

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?Throughout the entire sales lifecycle

How do you access it?– Download the NetApp Synergy installer from

http://synergy.netapp.com The Synergy suite of tools includes:

– Quick Platform Selector– Storage WorkBench– Storage Design Studio– Importer

NetApp Confidential 17

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 391: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SYNERGY PROJECTS AND SCENARIOS

Synergy Projects and Scenarios enable the orderly creation, storage, and sharing of multiple design solutions

for each customer engagement:

The Project container stores customer and engagement details.

A Scenario represents a storage design. You can create multiple Scenarios per Project.

Use these capacity sizing tools within Synergy to add systems, shelves, disks, and other data to Scenarios:

– Quick Platform Selector

– Storage WorkBench

– Storage Design Studio

After you build a Scenario you can generate multiple outputs.

Synergy Projects and Scenarios

Create and save Projects to store customer and engagement details.

Create Scenarios within Projects. Each Scenario represents a complete design. Store multiple Scenarios to examine different designs. Use Quick Platform Selector results to create a

Scenario. Use Storage WorkBench and Storage Design Studio

to add detail to a Scenario. View more outputs for a Scenario than those that are

available within the capacity modeling tools.

NetApp Confidential 18

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 392: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TECHNICAL PLANNING

TechnicalPlanning

Technical Planning

The Quick Platform Selector

19

Qualification SolutionDesign

SolutionReview

ArchitecturePlanning

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 393: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: WHAT

Quick Platform SelectorWhat

What is it?A capacity sizing tool to find Data ONTAP system configurations that meet given usable capacity requirements. Quick Platform Selector uses the most common options that are applied system-wide.

20NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 394: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: WHY, WHEN, HOW

Quick Platform Selector is used early in the sales lifecycle, during technical planning, to determine which

platforms will be candidates for the customer’s capacity requirements. Quick Platform Selector applies the

most common options across an entire configuration for quick estimates, as opposed to detailed options and

configurations, available with the other capacity planning tools.

Quick Platform SelectorWhy, When, How

Why does an SE use it?To quickly determine candidate platforms for a given customer capacity requirement.

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?During technical planning

How do you access it?Quick Platform Selector is a component of NetApp Synergy.

21NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 395: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-22 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: INPUT: FIRST STEPS

Enter the required data points to generate a quick list of platforms:

1. Enter the usable storage requirement.

2. Select the disk model, shelf model, and OS.

3. Specify options.

Quick Platform SelectorInput: First Steps

22

Quick Platform Selector Inputs– Required

Usable storage requirement NAS:SAN ratio Drive model Disk shelf Data ONTAP operating system release

– Optional Snapshot reserve (20% default) Fractional reserve Whole shelves, multipath high availability (MPHA),

SyncMirror software, root aggregate Licenses

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 396: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-23 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: INPUT: NEXT STEPS

For specific information, select a platform from the list of platforms that can support the specified capacity:

4. Select the platform model.

5. Select licenses.

For detailed instruction on steps 1 to 5, visit the NetApp LearningCenter > NetApp Synergy

Fundamentals (WBT) > Module 4: Capacity Modeling in Quick Platform Selector.

Quick Platform SelectorInput: Next Steps

23NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 397: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-24 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: OUTPUT SUMMARY

On-screen within the tool you view a live summary, which is updated as options are entered. This summary

includes the number of disks that are used for each purpose, a summary of requested capacities, the

aggregates that will be built to support those capacities, and the number of ports that are required. The report

that is generated summarizes these data points and provides a simple Bill of Materials.

Quick Platform SelectorOutput Summary

24

Quick Platform Selector Outputs: Summary:

– Disks: Data, parity, spare, policy spare, dedicated, mirror, total

– Requested capacities: SAN, NAS, total– Aggregate yields: SAN, NAS, total– Platform model, internal disks, shelves, stacks,

FC ports, SAS ports Report:

– Summary results– Simple Bill of Materials (BOM)

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 398: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-25 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: OUTPUT REPORT: PART 1

An example of the generated report from the Quick Platform Selector tool is displayed here. The first part of

the report includes data points that are visible on-screen in the Summary portion of the output.

Quick Platform SelectorOutput Report: Part 1

A Microsoft Word document:

25NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 399: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-26 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

QUICK PLATFORM SELECTOR: OUTPUT REPORT: PART 2

The remainder of the report includes a simple Bill of Materials. The report does not provide a complete list of

parts that you need for a quote. Rather, it is a list of the major components that are needed to meet the

requirements input.

Quick Platform SelectorOutput Report: Part 2

A Microsoft Word document, part 2

26NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 400: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-27 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ARCHITECTURE PLANNING

ArchitecturePlanning

Architecture Planning

Storage WorkBench

27

Qualification SolutionDesign

SolutionReview

Technical Planning

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 401: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-28 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKBENCH: WHAT

Storage WorkBenchWhat

What is it?It is a capacity sizing tool for more detailed system configurations than the Quick Platform Selector creates.Its configurations use multiple controllers with multiple shelf and disk types.

28NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 402: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-29 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKBENCH: WHY, WHEN, HOW

Storage WorkBench enables you to add additional detail to a Scenario, so that it more closely aligns to the

final solution design.

Storage WorkBenchWhy, When, How

Why does an SE use it?To determine detailed controller, shelf, and disk configurations that satisfy customer requirements

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?During architecture planning

How do you access it?Storage WorkBench is a component of NetApp Synergy.

29NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 403: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-30 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKBENCH: INPUTS

Storage WorkBench supports E-Series and SANtricity systems, in addition to FAS systems and Data ONTAP

operating systems.

Storage WorkBenchInputs

30

Storage WorkBench Inputs:– Required

Controller model, including FAS, V-Series, and E-Series systems

Operating system release Disk shelves Disk types

– Optional Aggregate configuration (for Data ONTAP) or

volume group configuration (for SANtricity) SAN switches

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 404: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-31 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKBENCH: INPUT EXAMPLE

In this example, the Storage WorkBench tool is used to configure several E-Series controllers running

SANtricity 11.10.

Storage WorkBenchInput Example

31NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 405: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-32 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKBENCH: OUTPUT RESULTS SUMMARY

The Results section on the right updates live based on the systems, shelves, disks, and other options chosen on

the left.

Storage WorkBenchOutput Results Summary

32NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 406: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-33 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE WORKBENCH: OUTPUT ALLOCATION CHART

The Allocation Chart provides a graphical display of how the disks are used in the modeled scenario.

Storage WorkBenchOutput Allocation Chart

33NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 407: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-34 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON EXERCISE

Please refer to your exercise guide.

Module 11: Detailed Design ToolsStorage WorkBenchTime Estimate: 30 Minutes

Lesson Exercise

NetApp Confidential 34

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 408: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-35 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

SOLUTION DESIGN

Solution Design

Storage Design Studio

35

SolutionDesignQualification Architecture

PlanningSolutionReview

Technical Planning

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 409: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-36 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE DESIGN STUDIO: WHAT

Storage Design StudioWhat

What is it?A complete design, deployment, and documentation toolthat enables accurate, detailed modeling of a NetApp storage system based on customer requirements

36NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 410: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-37 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE DESIGN STUDIO: WHY, WHEN, HOW

The Storage Design Studio tool enables you to build a full design specification for one or more storage

systems. You can use it to validate the design and to create the data that you need for a solution review.

Storage Design StudioWhy, When, How

Why does an SE use it?To use built-in validation of hardware compatibility, configuration, and best practices to design a complete Data ONTAP solution

When does an SE use it in the sales cycle?– During solution design– During solution review

How do you access it?Storage Design Studio is a component of NetApp Synergy.

37NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 411: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-38 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE DESIGN STUDIO: INPUT

Storage Design Studio enables you to specify and configure:

Storage systems

Hosts

The physical and logical network

Sites

Storage Design StudioInput

38NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 412: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-39 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE DESIGN STUDIO: OUTPUT

One of the most important features of Storage Design Studio is live validation of configuration and best

practices. This output example contains a sample message list that displays messages, warnings, and errors.

Storage Design StudioOutput

39NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 413: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-40 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SYNERGY SCENARIOS

NetApp Synergy Scenarios

You can build Scenarios with data from all three Synergy Capacity Sizing tools:– Use Quick Platform Selector to add a single controller or

one HA pair and one type of disk and shelf.– Use Storage WorkBench to add multiple controllers or

HA pairs that contain multiple disk and shelf types.– Use Storage Design Studio to complete your system

design, including cabling, cards and port assignments, RAID group definition, and so forth.

You can access more outputs for Scenarios from the Environmental Summary and Reporting tabs.

NetApp Confidential 40

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 414: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-41 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SYNERGY SCENARIOS: OUTPUT DIAGRAMS

NetApp Synergy generates a complete set of Microsoft Visio diagrams:

Shelf diagrams (front and back)

Cabling diagrams

Logical maps of the system storage

NetApp Synergy ScenariosOutput Diagrams

41NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 415: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-42 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP SYNERGY SCENARIOS: ADDITIONAL OUTPUTS

Additional outputs are available, for example:

Environmental summary

Modular document engine

CLI scripts

RDS discovery questionnaire

Pre-sales summary PowerPoint presentation

Parts list report

NetApp Synergy ScenariosAdditional Outputs

42

Discovery QuestionnairePre-Sales PowerPoint Deck

Parts List

Environmental Summary

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 416: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-43 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Use SPM to identify hardware configurations that

support customer performance requirements Identify the components of the Synergy tool Use Quick Platform Selector to find the systems

that support a given usable capacity Use Storage WorkBench to quickly build a

storage configuration with controllers, shelves, and disks

Use Storage Design Studio to validate design details

Use Synergy to create solution review materials

NetApp Confidential 43

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 417: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

11-44 Designing NetApp Solutions: Detailed Design Tools

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON EXERCISE

Please refer to your exercise guide.

Module 11: Detailed Design ToolsStorage Design StudioTime Estimate: 60 Minutes

Lesson Exercise

NetApp Confidential 44

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 418: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 12: DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS

Data Collection and Analysis

Module 12

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 419: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Identify customer use cases for the

complimentary NetApp Infrastructure Assessment Service

Use the AutoSupport tool and the Assessment Tools Portal to analyze customer environments

NetApp Confidential 2

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 420: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 1: NETAPP INFRASTRUCTURE ASSESSMENT SERVICE

Lesson 1

3

NetApp Infrastructure Assessment Service

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 421: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMPLIMENTARY ASSESSMENT SERVICE

The complimentary, or free of charge, NetApp Infrastructure Assessment Service program has run

assessments for four years. Most assessments are for the purpose of replacing non-NetApp storage with

NetApp solutions. All assessments are managed and run remotely using WebEx from the NetApp office in

Waltham, Massachusetts.

Complimentary Assessment Service

Started in October 2009 Over 900 assessments

performed Total associated revenue:

$180M as of January 2014 Average deal size: $750K

(Typical sale: FAS3xxx, FAS6xxx, or V-Series)

Entire process run remotely

4

Dollars Closed

Versus EMC $88.7M

Versus HDS $17.2M

Versus HP $22.5M

Versus Other $8.2M

NetApp Upsell $43.3M

NetApp Confidential 4

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 422: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NEW OPPORTUNITIES WITH ASSESSMENTS

The Infrastructure Assessment Service helps you uncover new opportunities for NetApp hardware,

OnCommand Insight software, and professional services engagements.

New Opportunities with Assessments

5NetApp Confidential

Launch an

Assessment.

Deliver

key findings.

Performance collection of arrays, VMs, and switches

Bottlenecks and risk issues Orphaned assets and unused

capacity resources Efficiency gaps and potential

savings

OnCommand

Insight Software

Opportunities

Performance monitoring and analytics

Predicting the impact of change Capacity trending and forecasting Showback, chargeback, and cost

analysis Canned and custom reporting

NetApp Hardware

Opportunities

FAS, E-Series, and V-Series systems

High-end or mid-range The right-sized storage

tier FlexPod technology

Upsell Opportunities

to Uncover

Professional services Hardware upgrades Technology refreshes

Plant a seed and open new doors.

Penetrate acquire accounts. Become a trusted advisor. Build goodwill and mindshare. Gain strategic account control.

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 423: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TARGET CLIENT CHARACTERISTICS: STORAGE

The Infrastructure Assessment Service analyzes data from some of the most common storage platforms that

are offered by EMC, HDS, HP, IBM, and NetApp. For details, refer to the OnCommand Insight support

matrix.

Target Client CharacteristicsStorage

6

Supported Storage Platforms EMC: Celerra, CLARiiON,

Isilon, Symmetrix, VMAX, VNX HDS: HP EVA, XP 24K and

48K HP 3PAR IBM: DS6000/8000, SVC, XIV,

ESS, N-Series NetApp FAS/V-Series, E-

Series, incl. clustered Data ONTAP and Flash technologies

Unsupported Storage Platforms EMC Centera, VNXe HP MSA Dell EqualLogic Dell Compellent (Roadmap)

NetApp Confidential 6

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 424: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TARGET CLIENT CHARACTERISTICS: OVERALL

Potential environments include small commercial enterprises, state and local governments, healthcare

organizations, and large enterprise accounts.

Target Client CharacteristicsOverall

The best prospects have: Non-NetApp or low NetApp usage Heterogeneous storage:

– One or more storage vendors– Multiple platforms from a single vendor

Complex single or multisite environments:– FC SAN environments (Brocade, Cisco, QLogic)– A blend of SAN and NAS (FC, FCoE, iSCSI, CIFS,

NFS)– 15 terabytes (TB) to 30-plus petabytes (PB) of data – A range of 16-port to 10,000-port SANs (larger is better)

Virtualized hosts (for instance, VMware)7NetApp Confidential 7

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 425: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COMMON ASSESSMENT DELIVERABLES

In one example, the assessment service provided sizing data for an HP EVA replacement at a state

transportation authority.

Common Assessment Deliverables

Performance data collection from arrays, VMs, and FC switches

Capacity visibility:– Orphaned: Based on configuration and

performance – Unused or unallocated capacity: Storage pool,

volumes, or disks Underutilized FC ports and unbalanced traffic Violations, vulnerabilities, and potential issues Potential capacity savings in moving to NetApp

8NetApp Confidential 8

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 426: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

DELIVERING AN ASSESSMENT

The registration process is the most important step in delivering an assessment. NetApp works to minimize

channel conflict. Registration guarantees that the same customer site is not targeted by multiple partners or

NetApp internal representatives at the same time.

The timeframes that are displayed are based on a typical assessment process. Timeframes may vary.

Day 1: The account team or Partner requests a Storage Efficiency Assessment via the web link.

Day 2: The account team or Partner forwards preinstall and predeployment documents to the prospect for

completion:

– The Partner has a pre-call with the prospect and reviews the prerequisite documents.

– The account team or Partner assists the prospect with completing the site survey prior to the install.

Day 3: The install date is set.

– The assessment team sends out the WebEx and conference bridge information with the download

links to the software.

– The product collects data for 1 to 2 weeks.

Day 10: The assessment team generates reports and delivers them to the account team or Partner.

Day 11: The assessment team presents its findings to the account team.

– In some instances, the assessment team makes a call to validate data with the customer.

If the customer wishes to evaluate the product—and has qualified use cases and the budget to do so—you

may work with the overlay OnCommand Insight or OnCommand Balance sales teams to position the product

with your customer or prospect. The sales teams leverage the assessment database to display use cases for the

product.

Delivering an Assessment

Pre-Call

with

Prospect

Installation

and

Discovery

via WebEx

Presentation

of Key

Findings to

the Partner

9

Proof of

Concept or

Evaluation

for Qualified

Opportunities

Analysis

and

Summary

of

Findings

Day 2

15 to 20 Minutes

Day 3

2 to 3 Hours

Day 10

2 to 3 Hours

Day 11

30 to 60 Minutes

You must have a registered Opportunity in PartnerEdge in order to register for an assessment.Visit this link to register for an assessment:

http://communities.netapp.com/insightassessments

Declined: Conflict

with an

Existing

Opportunity

Registering the

Assessment

Day 1

10 Minutes

NetApp Confidential 9

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 427: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW: KEY FINDINGS

This slide displays an example of the key findings that were documented in a complimentary Infrastructure

Assessment.

Executive Overview: Key Findings

Based on our brief evaluation of your environment, we identified the following areas of potential concern and savings.– Raid overhead is 35% of usable.– 100 datastores are not on identified storage.– 6000+ policy violations are logged against CLARiiON

storage.– 5 hosts account for 65% of the host-to-FC traffic.– Symm-029 accounts for 74% of the array-to-FC traffic:

Symm-029 is unbalanced; eight of 32 ports drive 66% of the array traffic.

10NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 428: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ASSESSMENT DASHBOARD

The slide displays sample assessment outputs.

Assessment Dashboard

11

Raid overhead of 35%, high violations on CLARiiON, 97 datastores on other storage

Are these systems at risk?

Are these possible RAID savings?

Can these VMsleverage storage

efficiency?

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

nikkid
Sticky Note
Marked set by nikkid
Page 429: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

STORAGE PERFORMANCE: IOPS

The slide displays sample assessment outputs.

12

Storage Performance: IOPS

693 volumes average 100 IOPS or less.Does the disk type match this performance profile?

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

0 1-10 11-100 101-250 251-750 751-2000

329

175189

46

163

81.6

32.6

88.3

47.0

19.22.3

Average IOP Range—Total TB and Number of Volumes

# of Volumes

Capacity TB

Most volumes have low IOPS. Are you buying the right tier?

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 430: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

CLUSTERED DATA ONTAP: STORAGE EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT POTENTIAL

The slide displays sample assessment outputs.

13

Clustered Data ONTAP Storage Efficiency Improvement Potential

Efficiency Feature Savings Notes

Deduplication 151.7 TB Assume 60% VMware datastores and10% volume capacity (range of 10% to 90%).

Data Compression 35.9 TB Assume 10% (range up to 40%).

Thin Provisioning 41.1 TB Allocate based on need (minimum 10%).

RAID-DP upgrade 34.1 TB Eliminate RAID 1/0 overhead (40%).

Efficient Snapshot 19.5 TB Eliminate full copies (80%).

Virtual Cloning 10.0 TB Store only the changed data; assume 80% (range of 70% to 90%).

Total Savings 322.3 TB 31.4% of usable capacity

Estimated Capacity Savings

Why wouldn’t you use NetApp efficiency?

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 431: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

PERFORMANCE UTILIZATION SUMMARY

The slide displays sample assessment outputs.

14

Performance Utilization Summary

90% of the FC ports are underutilized.Do you need FC performance as your environment grows?

0

50

100

150

200

250

Host to Fabric Storage to Fabric Unknown DeviceType

Total

10 151

26

9099

2

191

100114

3

217

FC Ports—Underutilized versus Total

> 1 MBps

Underutilized

Total # of ports

90% are underutilized. Is FC the right direction?

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 432: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

LESSON 2: THE ASSESSMENT TOOLS PORTAL

Lesson 2

15

The Assessment Tools Portal

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 433: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-16 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE ASSESSMENT TOOLS PORTAL

The Assessment Tools Portal (ATP) greatly reduces the time to generate a customer assessment report and

improves the efficiency and margin return of the Infrastructure Assessment Service.

The Assessment Tools Portal

16

What is it?– The ATP is a web-based portal that provides

insight into how your customers manage their NetApp storage.

– The ATP gathers information from NetApp systems for which the AutoSupport tool is turned on.

Why does a system engineer use it?– The ATP performs assessments of system

infrastructure, performance, and health to uncover opportunities.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 434: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-17 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ASSESSMENT TOOLS PORTAL: WORKFLOW

Assessment Tools PortalWorkflow

17

Step 1• Turn on the AutoSupport service to begin collecting data from a

NetApp storage system.

Step 2• After data has collected for one month, go into the ATP and

request a report.

Step 3

• Analyze and review the data:• Identify systems that are running out of storage.• Identify systems that do not have hardware or software

support components.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 435: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-18 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE ATP REQUEST REPORT TAB: INPUTS

Access ATP at this link:

https://tech.netapp.com/external/spe_assessment_tool_portal.html

The Request Report tab enables you to configure a report. In the Report Type list, choose the type of output to

produce:

Infrastructure (the infrastructure consulting service)

Health check

Performance

Performance health check

You can enter a customer name or search by customer or site names. As you start entering a customer or site

name, you are presented with a shrinking list of customers or sites that meet your criteria. For NetApp

partners, only those customers and sites that are associated with your company (because they use products

that are sold by or supported by your company) are displayed.

After you select the customer or site that you want to view, click the magnifying glass icon to create a list of

systems that are associated with that company or site. You can now view any of the systems that are displayed

in the list and include them in the report.

You can repeat this process for many different customers or sites to create a customized list of serial numbers

for your assessment.

Select the number of weeks of performance data to trend. At the most, you can display 53 weeks (that is, one

year of performance data). Typically, no more than 26 weeks of performance data is required. If you are not

concerned about performance data, you can reduce the weeks of performance data to two weeks for a faster

turnaround of your reports.

The ATP Request Report TabInputs

Inputs for report generation include: Report types:

– Infrastructure– Health check– Performance– Performance health check

Serial numbers: Enter the serial numbers or upload them through a .txt file.

Weeks of performance data to trend (2 weeks to 53 weeks)

Email address distribution

18

Click Submit.

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 436: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-19 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ATP OUTPUT TYPES

ATP Output Types

Four types of output files are available when you generate a report.

19

File Type Description

ICS Excel (.xlsx) This type is available within 1 to 3 hours of report generation. This report contains detailed configuration,asset, capacity, efficiency, performance, and end-of-supportinformation in one file (Phase 1).

CMPG Excel

(.xlsx)

This type is available within 24 hours of report generation. This report contains performance graphs based on hourly averages: aggregate, volume I/O, throughput, protocol, and so on, in several files for each controller (Phase 2).

ICS Word Report

(.docx)

This type is available within 24 hours of report generation. This report contains a customer-presentable Word report template (Phase 2).

Processing Log

(.xlsx)

This type is available within 24 hours of report generation. This report contains a log that shows the data that was collected and reasons for missing information (Phase 2).

NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 437: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-20 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ATP RESOURCES

ATP Resources

Assessment Tools Portal URL: https://atp.netapp.com/

Assessment Tools Portal communities: https://communities.netapp.com/community/netapp_partners_network/assessandconsult

2020NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 438: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

12-21 Designing NetApp Solutions: Data Collection and Analysis

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Identify customer use cases for the

complimentary NetApp Infrastructure Assessment Service

Use the AutoSupport tool and the ATP to analyze customer environments

NetApp Confidential 21

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 439: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-1 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE 13: NEXT STEPS: TOOLS AND RESOURCES FOR NETAPP ACCREDITED TECHNICAL SALES PROFESSIONALS

Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

Module 13

NetApp Confidential 1

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 440: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-2 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE OBJECTIVES

Module Objectives

After this module, you should be able to: Identify the appropriate NetApp training

courses for your role Identify the tools and resources that are

available to update you on current NetApp solutions

2NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 441: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-3 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ACCESSING NETAPP TRAINING

After you create a NetApp Support account, you can access the Field Portal on the NetApp Support site. Click

the Partners tab, then click the Field Portal link. You also can access the Partner Learning Center from the

NetApp Support site.

Accessing NetApp Training

3NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 442: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-4 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

TRAINING RESOURCES

On the Field Portal main page, click the Training tab. This tab lists the learning maps, programs, events, and

other communications that help you to learn more about NetApp. You can click each heading to access the

types of training resources that are available. For example, under the “Featured” heading, you find links to the

most recent training resources, which often pertain to recent product launches and other significant NetApp

announcements.

Training Resources

4NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 443: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-5 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

INDIVIDUAL LEARNING PATHS

From Field Portal, click the Training tab. From here, you can access your individual learning map. The

framework for partner individual learning paths provides you with a clear roadmap for attaining the skills that

are right for your job. Select a competency level and role to view the appropriate learning path for you.

Individual Learning Paths

5NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 444: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-6 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THE GETSUCCESSFUL PARTNER ENABLEMENT PROGRAM

The GetSuccessful

Partner Enablement Program

6NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 445: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-7 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ABCS: PRODUCT WEB-BASED TRAINING

NetApp ABCs web-based trainings offer short, comprehensive overviews of the architecture, business value,

and competitive advantage of NetApp products. This extensive library is updated often, to guarantee access to

the latest information about NetApp products.

ABCs: Product Web-Based Training

This foundational library of short videos on products and solutions provides current information for sales representatives and replaces the hardware and software reference libraries.

Architecture Business Value Competitive Advantage

The training modules include: 15-minute to 30-minute web-based

training (WBT) modules Subject matter experts who share

features and key selling points

The library includes videos such as: ABCs of FlexPod Select with

Hadoop ABCs of OnCommand Unified

Manager ABCs of NetApp Private Storage

for Amazon Web Services ABCs of EF-Series All-Flash Array

7NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 446: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-8 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP PARTNER AND FIELD COMMUNITY: ACCESS

You can access the NetApp Partner and Field Community from the Field Portal.

NetApp Partner and Field CommunityAccess

NetApp Confidential 8

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 447: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-9 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP PARTNER AND FIELD COMMUNITY: RESOURCES

NetApp Partner and Field CommunityResources

Discussion spaces that are devoted to individual product and solution areas

NetApp Tools Teams Webcast announcements and archives:– Solutions Insight Webcasts– Technical Deep Dive Webcasts– NetApp Weekly Demo Series

NetApp Confidential 9

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 448: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-10 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP PARTNER NEWSLETTER: SUBSCRIBE

You can access the Subscription Center from a link on the Field Portal page. From the Subscription Center,

you can subscribe to a variety of useful email communications from NetApp, including the Partner Newsletter

that is customized for your geographical location.

NetApp Partner NewsletterSubscribe

Field Portal > Home > Subscription Center

NetApp Confidential 10

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 449: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-11 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

NETAPP LAB ON DEMAND

Use NetApp Lab on Demand to further familiarize yourself with NetApp products, perform customer

demonstrations, or for any purpose. Pre-built labs are continuously updated with the latest product and

technology revisions. NetApp Lab on Demand requires registration separate from the NetApp Support

account.

NetApp Lab on Demand

Includes an extensive library of on-demand, remote access Data ONTAP and E-Series labs

Allows labs to be used for any purpose, such as customer demonstrations, self education, or functional tests

Provides detailed lab guides for guided, self-paced learning

http://labondemand.netapp.com

NetApp Confidential 11

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 450: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-12 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

MODULE SUMMARY

Module Summary

Now that you have completed this module, you should be able to: Identify the appropriate NetApp training

courses for your role Identify the tools and resources that are

available to update you on current NetApp solutions

12NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 451: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-13 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

COURSE SUMMARY

Course Summary

Now that you have completed this course, you should be able to: Describe the core NetApp technologies,

products, and solutions needed to design a customer solution

Use the major NetApp field tools to design a customer solution

Create an integrated business solution Locate NetApp field resources

13NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 452: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-14 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

THANK YOU

14NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute

Page 453: CP-ILT-NATSPDNS-REV01_StudentGuide.pdf

13-15 Designing NetApp Solutions: Next Steps: Tools and Resources for NetApp Accredited Technical Sales Professionals

© 2014 NetApp, Inc. This material is intended only for training. Reproduction is not authorized.

ACCREDITATION EXAM

Accreditation Exam

15NetApp Confidential

NetApp University - Do Not Distribute